<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550</id><updated>2011-11-27T16:24:46.020-08:00</updated><category term='Debunking Cleaning Mythology'/><category term='Vibration Isolation in the Cleanroom Environment'/><category term='Auditing: Resources For Managing Vendor Oversight'/><category term='Cu Integrated with Low-k Dielectrics: The Future Is NOW'/><category term='Facility Design'/><category term='Where’s the Magic?'/><category term='Latex Allergy And The Promise of Guayule'/><category term='Part'/><category term='Ensuring the Purity of CO2 and Other Process Gases'/><category term='Are You Practicing Good Design of Experiments?'/><category term='Case Study: Designing A Nanoscale Science and Engineering Center'/><category term='Speeding Up the Patent Process'/><category term='From The Editor: Human Contamination'/><category term='Case Study: Pharmaceutical Lab Construction'/><category term='The FFU: A Cleanroom Design Alternative'/><category term='Point of View: Feedback on FFUs'/><category term='Determining Particle Count in Clean Packaging Film'/><category term='The Basics of Rinsing - A Case Study'/><category term='Manufacturing Qualification of an All-Dry Via De-veil Plasma Process'/><category term='Special technology areas: electrical and mechanical'/><category term='Are You Practicing Optimal Design of Experiments'/><category term='HVAC Systems in Compound Semiconductor Fabs'/><category term='Eliminating Filter O-Rings Increases Purity and Reliability'/><category term='Establishing an Integrated Particle Contamination Control Program'/><category term='The Devil Is In The Details'/><category term='New Considerations in High Purity Chemical Distribution'/><category term='Toxicological Risk Assessment for Medical Devices - What Is It?'/><category term='How To Minimize Contamination When Transferring Items Into Hospital Cleanrooms'/><category term='Validation Readiness  Part 2'/><category term='Developing a Cleanroom Disaster Prevention Plan'/><category term='hvac'/><category term='A Solution for Properly Calibrating Pressure Sensors for Pharmaceutical Plants'/><category term='Manufacturing Ultraclean Lubricants'/><category term='Document Integrity In The Life Sciences: An Industry At Risk'/><category term='The Incompatibilities of Semiconductor and Life Science Cleanrooms'/><category term='The Impact of the FDA’s Adoption of Risk Management on the Design and Qualification of Aseptic Facilities'/><category term='Human Contamination'/><category term='Why The Swab Matters In Cleaning Validation'/><category term='Clean Manufacturing: Air Filter Adherence to Flammability Standards Ensures Safety of Cleanroom Fan Filter Units'/><category term='Cleanroom Tip'/><category term='Advanced Immersion Processing Equipment for Improved Front-End-of-Line Cleans'/><category term='Cleanroom Fire Prevention'/><category term='Clean Room Financing: An Underused Option'/><category term='Basics of Ultrasonics'/><category term='ISO 14000: Putting the Standards to Work'/><category term='Understanding Clean Packaging'/><category term='Microelectronics: Lean Project Delivery For Cleanrooms and Contamination Controlled Facilities'/><category term='Validating Processes For Surface Preparation'/><category term='Integrating Business Continuity as Part of Strategic Planning'/><category term='Wet Chemistry: A Material Selection Process'/><category term='Point of View: Gauging Regulatory Effectiveness'/><category term='Case Study: Utilizing Lower-Cost FFU Systems'/><category term='Water: A Starting Point'/><category term='Basics of Isolator Cleaning'/><category term='and Validation'/><category term='What Users Need to Know About Cleanroom Laundry Equipment'/><category term='Peristaltic Aseptic Filling Machines With a Single Use Production Philosophy'/><category term='Choosing The Right Panel Material For Your Modular Cleanroom'/><category term='Cleanroom Design Considerations'/><category term='Airborne Particle Monitoring'/><category term='A compliant IT environment with IT service management software'/><category term='Contamination Control and CGMP'/><category term='Selecting Proper Valve Design Ensures Process System Cleanliness'/><category term='The Design/Build Process: A New Alliance Is Forming'/><category term='Bonus Feature: Nanotechnology - Will Your Facility Be Prepared For the Science?'/><category term='Part 2'/><category term='Air Showers'/><category term='Electrical Properties of Static Control Vinyl Floor Tile'/><category term='Where and What to Test: From Purified Bulk Drug Substance to Sterile Liquid Final Drug Product'/><category term='Extending the Operational Excellence Paradigm'/><category term='Case Study: Airflow Simulation'/><category term='An Introduction to Nanotechnology Part 1: How Nature Cleans Itself'/><category term='Laser Cleaning Methods for Sub-ym Particle Removal'/><category term='Deciphering The Regulations For Facility Design and Environmental Control'/><category term='Factoring Business Continuity and Risk Management in Aseptic Product Development'/><category term='BENEFICIAL CONTAMINATION: PART 2'/><category term='Finding The Optimal Analytical Test Part 1'/><category term='Medical Devices:Critical Cleaning and Surface Quality'/><category term='Clean Manufacturing: High Tack Polymeric Flooring'/><category term='Portable'/><category term='NIST Advanced Measurement Laboratory Complex'/><category term='Preventing and Measuring Contamination In And Out of The Cleanroom'/><category term='Protection or Hype? Making Sense of Anti-Microbial Fabric Coatings'/><category term='A Conversation With Dr. Clayton Teague'/><category term='Cambrex Biosciences Process Development Lab Expansion'/><category term='Ion Mobility Spectrometry Speeds Cleaning Verification Time'/><category term='Case Study: Georgia Tech&apos;s New Marcus Nantechnology Building Cleanroom Facilities'/><category term='Controlled Environments in Canada'/><category term='The Microbial ID Breakthrough'/><category term='Case Study: Building a State-of-the-Art Nanotechnology Center'/><category term='Show Me The (NANO) Money'/><category term='Catching The Drift'/><category term='Exhausting Your Options'/><category term='Making Informed Choices in Wet Bench Fire Safety'/><category term='Materials Compatibility Basics'/><category term='Cleanroom FFU Controllers'/><category term='DUV Lithography Pushes Contamination Issue'/><category term='Live Dirt'/><category term='Applications'/><category term='Ergonomically Speaking'/><category term='Cleaning the Cleanroom: The Right Way to Vacuum'/><category term='Air Filtration at High Temperatures'/><category term='AMC Prevention Strategy'/><category term='Fire-Resistant Foams For Pharmaceutical And Semiconductor Cleanrooms'/><category term='The Basics of Non-Evaporative Parts Drying'/><category term='Cleanroom Facility Construction Options'/><category term='Why Clean the Cleanroom?'/><category term='Smart FFUs Change The Landscape For Cleanroom Control Options'/><category term='Diffuser Models For Airflow Simulation'/><category term='Buying a Cleanroom System?'/><category term='Following ESD Materials Validation Protocols - Part 1'/><category term='Filtration Monitoring Lags Behind Advances in HVAC Technology'/><category term='Regulatory Conformity through Customer Relationship Management Sofware'/><category term='Building A Clean Research Laboratory'/><category term='When Worlds Don&apos;t Collide--But Ought To'/><category term='Part 1'/><category term='Global Patents'/><category term='Case Study: Purdue Nanotechnology Labs'/><category term='Retrofitting and Upgrading Operational Cleanrooms'/><category term='Driving A Modular Cleanroom to Denmark'/><category term='MSDS - Necessary But Not Sufficient'/><category term='The Cleanroom Wiper Usage Audit'/><category term='Measuring Sonics'/><category term='Case Study'/><category term='Benefits of Nanofiber Particulate Air Filters'/><category term='Single-use Bioprocess Containers'/><category term='From the Five-Year Mark Looking Back'/><category term='Standardized Cleaning Approach For A New Pharmaceutical Compound'/><category term='Reader Response: DUV Lithography Contamination Issues'/><category term='A Healthy Environment for Medical Device Development'/><category term='Achieving True EH and S In Controlled Environments'/><category term='Green Cleaning'/><category term='USP 797 Cleanroom Design'/><category term='Nanotechnology: A Formidable Challenge'/><category term='Real-time Gas Analysis for Quick Accurate Catalyst Testing'/><category term='Moisture Contamination'/><category term='Wet Bench Fire Safety: Where Are We Today?'/><category term='Case Study: Cambridge NanoTech Finds Dependability In ALD Valve'/><category term='Chemical Filtration Strategies For The Control of Airborne Molecular Contamination'/><category term='Modular Cleanrooms for Business Startups and New Product Development'/><category term='Point of View: Why Clean the Cleanroom?'/><category term='Human Factors Engineering Applied to Controlled Environments'/><category term='Spots Before Your Eyes'/><category term='Advances in UV Disinfection of Air-Handling Systems'/><category term='Predicting The Future: a Model for Integrating Facility and Strategic Planning'/><category term='Art  Technology'/><category term='Minimizing VOC Emissions during Photochemical Filter Change-Out'/><category term='A Surface Monitoring Refresher: Contact Plates and Swabs'/><category term='Point of View DUV Optics Contamination Redux'/><category term='Commissioning and Qualification of Existing Facilities and Systems'/><category term='Wet Bench Fire Safety: Code Development and Material Selection Criteria'/><category term='Microelectronics: Cleanroom Design and Construction'/><category term='Point of View: Realistic Costing of Energy Efficient Cleanrooms'/><category term='High-Performance Door Systems for Cleanrooms'/><category term='Case Study: Improving PLC Compatibility and Function Flexibility In Aseptic Blow-Fill-Seal Machine Applications'/><category term='Back To Basics - How Cleaning Really Works'/><category term='Biological Organism Reduction With Hydrogen Peroxide'/><category term='Key Considerations For Cleanroom Conveyors'/><category term='Are You Practicing Good Experiment Design?'/><category term='Detecting Sources of Atmospheric Contamination in High Purity Gas Lines'/><category term='Design Concepts in Air Management Systems'/><category term='Nanotechnology Cleanroom - Design on A Dime'/><category term='Converting From an Uncontrolled Space to a Cleanroom'/><category term='Bioburden Testing'/><category term='Part II'/><category term='Following ESD Materials Validation Process - Part 2'/><category term='Fundamentals of Cleaning: Fundamentals of Cleaning: Drying'/><category term='Sorbent Solutions Ensure Moisture Management and Product Stability'/><category term='Contamination Control In and Out of the Cleanroom'/><category term='The Advent of Rapid Microbiological Methods: Background'/><category term='Standing Operating Procedure: Logbooks/Sheets for Contamination Control Cleaning'/><category term='Chromatography Systems: Part 1 - Chromatography Concepts'/><category term='Cell-based Potency Assays'/><category term='Break-through Times'/><category term='Life Sciences: Continuous Effluent Decontamination'/><category term='Finding The Optimal Analytical Test Part 2'/><category term='Measuring Surface Tension'/><category term='Detect AMC before it Ruins the Product'/><category term='Compliance with GMPs During Development'/><category term='MONITORING CLEANLINESS WITH NVR'/><category term='Moisture Measurement'/><category term='Installing ESD Flooring in an Operational Cleanroom'/><category term='Continuous Airflow Monitoring in Aseptic Processing Environments'/><category term='Estimating Hydrochloric Acid and Ammonium Hydroxide Loss'/><category term='New Solution To An Old Problem: MEMS Contamination'/><category term='Building A Cleanroom'/><category term='Creating A Sterile Link Between Stainless and Single-Use Bioprocessing Systems'/><category term='Facility Design As A Training Platform'/><category term='How to Maintain Productivity Without Power'/><category term='The More Things Change'/><category term='Looking Forward'/><category term='The Truth About Better Rinsing: Six Rules You Can&apos;t Afford To Ignore'/><category term='ISO 8573 Certification of Air Compressors for Contaminants and Air Purity Classification'/><category term='Latex Glove Allergy in Microelectronics Applications'/><category term='Life Sciences: Aseptic Processing vs. Clean Manufacturing for Biotech'/><category term='Clean Manufacturing'/><category term='Extrapolate To Production: Quality and Economics'/><category term='Medical Device Manufacturers Extend Quality Control'/><category term='The Green Clean Laboratory'/><category term='The Reference Hygrometer'/><category term='Designing A Results-Oriented Training Program for Cleanroom Operators'/><category term='Life Sciences: New Innovations in Membrane Chromatography'/><category term='Nanotechnology - Minimizing Airborne Molecular Contamination (AMC) Prior to Facility Construction'/><category term='Actionable Steps to Building A Sustainable Business'/><category term='Estimating Drying Times'/><category term='Photresist Removal Using Aqueous Foam'/><category term='Controlled Mini-Environments'/><category term='Removing Particles With A Foam Medium'/><category term='Who Is To Blame For Critical Cleaning?'/><category term='Keep Product Clean In and Out of the Cleanroom'/><category term='Powder Metallurgy: Problems of an Economically Friendly Technology'/><category term='Critical New Product Development'/><category term='Basic Cleanroom Protocol'/><category term='Reducing Cost and Complexity of Managed Cleanrooms'/><category term='Cleaning Validation Issues For Combination Devices'/><category term='Microelectronics: Modular'/><category term='The Bottom Line on Buying a Cleanroom System'/><category term='Drug Reconstitution: Market Needs and Technical Challenges'/><category term='DETERMINING NVR: NEW APPROACHES'/><category term='Part 2: The Program'/><category term='Managing Product and Environmental Microorganisms In Your Facility'/><category term='Airflow Modeling Simulation Optimizes Cleanroom Design'/><category term='Case Study: Stabilizing Cleanroom Humidity and Temperature'/><category term='New Applications for Multi-frequency Ultrasonic Technology Enhance Yield in CMP'/><category term='A Roadmap for Lean Facility Design'/><category term='Dynamic Variation of Air Change Rates'/><category term='Beyond NIST-Traceability: What Really Creates Accuracy'/><category term='Keeping Product Clean In and Out of the Cleanroom -- (Part 1) The Interface'/><category term='The Value of 3rd Party Certification'/><category term='The Right Doors Do Make A Difference'/><category term='Permeation Rates'/><category term='Cost is Becoming Critical'/><category term='Output: Getting Over - Over-Design and Over Build'/><category term='Chemical Quantitation of Moisture'/><category term='and Easily Simulated'/><category term='Controlled Environments Buyer’s Guide vs. Google ™'/><category term='A New Technology For Aseptic Filling of Injectable Drugs'/><category term='Regulatory Focus'/><category term='Viral Clearance by Membrane Filtration: Performance Evaluation and Process Qualification'/><category term='The China Quality Challenge'/><category term='Understanding Cleanroom Wiper Test Data and The Role of Product Data/Information Sheets'/><category term='MicroElectronics'/><category term='A Modular Approach to Engineering Guidelines for Pharmaceutical Cleanroom Construction'/><category term='New Closed-Loop Controls For Minienvironments'/><category term='Don&apos;t Do It Yourself'/><category term='Facility Monitoring Systems Validation: A Practical Approach'/><category term='Facility Considerations'/><category term='Cleaning with CO2 and Dry Ice Particles'/><category term='Case Study: Taking Tech Cleanrooms to a New Level'/><category term='Dead Dirt and Bio-Dirt'/><category term='PARTICLE TESTING FOR CLEANROOM FORMS AND LABELS'/><category term='Output: Nanotechnology: A Formidable Challenge'/><category term='Smart Fan Filter Units'/><category term='Output: Zip Up Your Mems'/><category term='Using the Taguchi Method to Determine Optimal Process Settings'/><category term='and Post-Purge Outgassing For Microenvironments'/><category term='Patent Activity Shows Industry Advancing'/><category term='HVAC Design for Multi-Product Manufacturing'/><category term='Environmental Monitoring For Cleanrooms and Other Controlled Operations'/><category term='EPA&apos;s Proposal on n-Propyl Bromide'/><category term='Winning The Gold'/><category term='Applications of Chemical Contamination in Biotechnology Cleanroom HVAC Systems'/><category term='Introducing a Standard Testing Method for FFUs'/><category term='Nanotechnology Research Requires a Different Breed of Laboratories and Cleanrooms'/><category term='Preventing Cu Contamination from BEOL Processing'/><category term='Life Sciences: Glove Box Technology Applications and Advancements'/><title type='text'>Cleanrooms</title><subtitle type='html'></subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default?start-index=101&amp;max-results=100'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>311</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-3519840872431591176</id><published>2011-01-24T07:43:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:43:36.965-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Art  Technology'/><title type='text'>Art &amp; Technology</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Barbara Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     Ed Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Chris Stavroudis        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;On the surface, critical cleaning/contamination  control and art conservation seem worlds apart. Scratch the surface (or,  better still, avoid scratching the surface) and you find parallels  between critical cleaning and art conservation. As a point of  clarification, conservation encompasses actions taken toward the  long-term preservation of cultural property. In contrast, restoration is  a type of conservation treatment. It specifically refers to an attempt  to bring cultural property closer to its original appearance. A primary  task in the conservation of paintings is to remove accumulated  contamination (surface dirt, discolored varnish, or non-original paint)  without undesirable change in the aesthetics. Manufacturers would say  that the goal is to clean without negatively affecting the original  surface. Those concerned with contamination on or embedded in coated  surfaces and manufacturers of components containing plastics or  composites, can benefit from the approaches of the art conservator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CUSTOMIZED CLEANING &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In contrast with critical cleaning or industrial cleaning, where  commercial cleaning agents are used, the conservator acts as a  formulator, preparing cleaning agents customized to the task at hand.  One of the tools that conservators use to manage the chemistry of their  cleaning solutions is the Modular Cleaning Program (MCP), developed by  Chris Stavroudis, our co-author for this month’s column. The MCP is an  interactive database computer program that incorporates chemical and  physical properties of constituent materials. The MCP can be used to  “fashion” a solution that is optimally suited for soil removal. It can  be used for cleaning with solvent, solvent gels, or water-based systems.  The system is complex. For example, parameters of the current MCP for  aqueous cleaners include pH, ionic strength, gelling agents,  surfactants, and chelators (and the next version will include osmotic  modifiers and organic co-solvents).&lt;br /&gt;One of Chris’ latest projects is to modify the MCP to assist the  conservator in the cleaning of acrylic paint surfaces. Acrylic paints,  emulsions of pigmented acrylic plastic particles in a water-based  carrier, are the basis of most water-based paints for architectural  coatings and have been used in the art world for about 50 years. After  half a century, some works of art are candidates for conservation. Since  many industrial products also have acrylic coatings, or coatings with  similar properties or are constructed from plastics, the techniques of  the art conservator are of global value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;THE YIN AND YANG OF ACRYLIC PAINTS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Acrylic paints are chemically and physically complex. Simple paints  consist of a pigment to provide color and a binder to provide both  cohesion and adhesion. In contrast, most acrylic paints are complex  mixtures containing a number of chemical modifiers. The modifiers impart  some of the visual and physical properties such as viscosity, improved  film formation, pigment wetting, and extenders to reduce the amount of  pigment necessary. One reason that acrylic coatings are valued is  because, once the water carrier evaporates, the coating is stable and is  relatively impervious to water. The key word here is “relatively”  because water can affect the acrylic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Image 1" height="290" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/art5pic1.jpg" width="348" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Image 2" height="286" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/art5pic2.jpg" width="419" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WATCHING PAINT DRY &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Watching acrylic paint dry is actually fascinating. In terms of surface  area, the polymerized emulsion spheres in 1.5 ml of acrylic emulsion  have a surface area of 37 square meters. There needs to be sufficient  surfactant, one of the modifiers, in the emulsion to stabilize the 37  square meters to form and maintain the emulsion. In actual practice,  additional surfactant is added to the base emulsion to make the paint.  As the paint dries and coalesces, the surfactants have less and less  surface area to stabilize and must go somewhere. Therefore the  surfactants are forced into the interstitial spaces. After the paint  dries, the surfactants and other modifiers remain in the interstitial  spaces between the coalesced spheres of acrylic medium. This reservoir  of surfactant can be mobile and exude to the surface, sometimes causing  visible changes to the acrylic surface. The surfactant can also reduce  the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the surface of the acrylic film  causing the film to become soft enough at room temperature to increase  the possibility of dirt particles irreversibly migrating into the paint  layer.&lt;br /&gt;Some of the soluble modifiers in acrylics (salts, semi-soluble  pigments or extenders, anionic surfactants, or ionic thickeners) cause  the paint film to have an ionic quality. The ionic environment within  the paint can cause the paint to interact with an aqueous cleaning  system. If the paint is considered a porous surface, the movement of the  ionic species is driven by entropy. If the acrylic paint is considered  to be a semipermiable membrane, osmotic pressure will need to be  accounted for.&lt;br /&gt;Due to ionic or osmotic pressure, water can be drawn from a hypotonic  solution (lower solute concentration) to a hypertonic one (higher  solute concentration) and be retained, causing swelling.&lt;br /&gt;The cutting edge of cleaning practice has the conservator paying  attention to solution conductivity to minimize ionic pressure. Chris is  currently exploring non-ionic osmotic effects on the grounds that while  consideration of ionic strength is useful, consideration of osmotic  effects may allow more subtle control of the conservation process. Ionic  and osmotic pressures are related, both referring to the effect of  differing concentrations of solutes on different sides of a surface or  membrane. Osmotic pressure is a term used to characterize transport  across a semi-permeable membrane. An example is reverse osmosis, a  process to remove solute from water that requires input of energy  (pressure) to overwhelm the osmotic pressure, reverse the flow, and  cause water to flow from the hypertonic side to the hypotonic side.  Ionic pressure describes the stored energy in a hypertonic solution of  ionic solute, such as the energy that could theoretically be harnessed  when fresh water flows into salt water at the mouth of a river.&lt;br /&gt;To counter these effects, the conservator adjusts the cleaning  agents. The MCP provides a tool to facilitate such adjustments. Chris  finds that by controlling the pH and the ionic strength of the water  used in cleaning acrylic paintings, it is possible to achieve cleaning  while controlling the degree of surface modification. An isotonic  cleaning agent (one with balanced solute concentrations that is  therefore neither hypotonic nor hypertonic) combined with a low pH  minimizes surface swelling. Combining isotonicity with a relatively low  pH, approximately five to six, provides effective removal of surface  soils. Most cleaning agents used in manufacturing are high pH. However, a  low pH is needed to prevent deprotonation of the polyacrylic acid  thickeners in the paint.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LOVE/HATE RELATIONSHIPS&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even more adjustments to the cleaning agent may be needed. Remember that  surfactants are effective because they have a love/hate relationship  with water and with soils. One end of a surfactant likes water; it is  hydrophilic or lipophobic. The other end likes oils and hates water; it  is hydrophobic or lipophilic. The property allows surfactants to trap  soils, most of which are oily, and to hold soils in suspension,  eventually in a micelle.&lt;br /&gt;One of the parameters that characterize surfactants is the  hydrophilic/lipophilic balance (HLB) number. The higher the HLB, the  higher the solubility in water. Most detergents have an HLB in the range  of 13-15. A solution with a high HLB can help to suspend lightly bound  pigment particles in the acrylic paint. A conservator wants to remove  accumulated grime from a surface but not the artist applied pigment.  Therefore the conservator might add 1% ethanol, with an HLB of 8, to  lower the effective HLB, and therefore the detergency, of the cleaning  solution.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;THE FUTURE OF ART AND MANUFACTURING &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The MCP is a work in progress. It is an active area of research. As  theories are put into practice, and as feedback is obtained from users,  new approaches to conservation will evolve. The cleaning of acrylics in  the 21st century will begin on a very strong footing. Fine art has many  parallels to manufacturing. Both may have stringent demands on  performance and durability. Both may involve complex materials of  construction. While custom formulations for each manufacturing process  may not be realistic, it is reasonable to expect approaches to cleaning  developed by conservators of fine art to be of value to manufacturers  who are concerned with the quality and preservation of their product.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Chris Stavroudis&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; is a paintings  conservator in private practice. He has over two decades of experience.  The Modular Cleaning Program was developed by Chris Stavroudis, with the  cooperation and support of Professor Richard C. Wolbers,  Winterthur/University of Delaware Art Conservation Program. He has  presented a number of workshops on the theory of cleaning art surfaces  and the MCP. Stavroudis and Wolbers have co-authored a chapter for the  Handbook for Critical Cleaning, 2nd Edition, due from CRC Press early in  2011. Chris has a M.S. in Conservation from the University of  Delaware/Winterthur Program in Art Conservation, a B.S. in Chemistry,  and a B.A. in Art History, both from the University of Arizona. Contact:  1272 N. Flores Street, Los Angeles, CA 90069; Phone: (323) 654-8748;  e-mail: &lt;a href="mailto:cstavrou@ix.netcom.com"&gt;cstavrou@ix.netcom.com&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Barbara Kanegsberg and Ed Kanegsberg, Ph.D&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;.  “The Cleaning Lady” and “The Rocket Scientist,” are independent  consultants in surface quality including critical/precision cleaning,  contamination control, and validation. They are editors of The Handbook  for Critical Cleaning, CRC Press; an expanded second edition is  scheduled for publication in the 4th quarter of 2010. Contact BFK  Solutions LLC, 310-459-3614; &lt;a href="mailto:info@bfksolutions.com"&gt;info@bfksolutions.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-3519840872431591176?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3519840872431591176'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3519840872431591176'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/art-technology.html' title='Art &amp; Technology'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-6584627621381711175</id><published>2011-01-24T07:42:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:42:46.761-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Protection or Hype? Making Sense of Anti-Microbial Fabric Coatings'/><title type='text'>Protection or Hype? Making Sense of Anti-Microbial Fabric Coatings</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Robert Nightingale        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;em&gt;In a climate of pandemics, acquired immune  diseases, and common viruses, the demand for products claiming to have  anti-microbial properties has risen substantially. The textile industry  has not been immune to the phenomena.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Whether it is for consumer, commercial, or institutional  applications, textile manufacturers, converters, and chemical vendors  have risen to provide an array of anti-microbial product offerings with  an assortment of product claims. The challenge is to discern fact from  hype. This article documents the findings of a study that explored the  efficacy of three different anti-microbial coatings and additives as  tested.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img align="left" alt="Image 1" border="2" height="283" hspace="2" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/art1fig1_1.jpg" vspace="2" width="150" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ANTI-MICROBIAL TREATMENTS DO NOT ALL PERFORM IN THE SAME MANNER &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The vast majority of anti-microbials work by leaching or moving from the  surface on which they are applied. Leaching anti-microbials will poison  a microorganism. Such chemicals have been used for decades in  agricultural applications with mixed results. In addition to affecting  durability and useful life, leaching technologies have the potential to  cause a variety of other problems when used in textiles or garments,  including skin irritation and the potential to affect normal skin  bacteria. There are several types of anti-microbials that apply to this  discussion including both topical and permanent finishes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Topical anti-microbial finishes&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; usually  include quaternary ammonium cations, also known as quaternary ammonium  salts, quaternary ammonium compounds, or “Quats.” The majority of  applications for quaternary ammonium compounds are related to their very  strong affinity for surfaces, which can make them powerful surfactants.  The quaternary ammonium compounds adsorb on almost any surface and can  be introduced into a laundry rinse cycle for most fabrics, as a  temporary anti-microbial agent. Chlorine and oxygenated bleach charged  anti-microbial finishes are also found in the realm of topical finishes.  There are essentially two schools of thought for this part of the  discussion. The first includes textile manufacturers and converters that  are now presenting fabrics that claim to retain high levels of chlorine  to kill microbes. The second school utilizes oxygenated bleach  including hydrogen peroxide and peracidic acid to sanitize products,  whereby chemistry is added to a laundry wash step to sanitize a  laundered product.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Permanent anti-microbial finishes &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;include  Bound Unconventional Anti-microbial Technology, or an organofunctional  silane, that has a mode of action that relies on the technology  remaining affixed to the substrate, killing microorganisms as they  contact the surface to which it is applied. Excluding substances like  silver, there are essentially two technologies that have evolved for  permanent finishes. The more exploited technology consists of silicon,  organic alcohol, hydrocarbons (methanol), and nitrogen. This technology  must be added at the fabric manufacturing stage. The second permanent  finish consists of propyldimethyloctadecyl ammonium, which is considered  to be food safe. These products can be added to a rinse like a “Quat”  agent for semi-permanent results, or at the fabric manufacturing stage  for a permanent finish. Bound Unconventional Anti-microbial Technology,  or an organofunctional silane, has a mode of action that relies on the  technology remaining affixed to the substrate, killing microorganisms as  they contact the surface to which it is applied.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;THE STUDY&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In order to evaluate the efficacy of two permanent and one topical  anti-microbial technology on industrially laundered garments, AmeriPride  and Canadian Linen and Uniform Services undertook three studies at  their Toronto, Ontario, branch whereby a set of treated and non-treated  garments were intentionally soiled with Staphylococcus aureus and then  washed in a non-bleach wash formula to assess the ability of the fabric  coating or treatment to reduce pathogen based bioburden as measured in  colony for ming units (CFUs). The trial subjected the garments to 25  soil and wash replicates to assess the garments’ ability to reduce  bioburden. Each study was conducted over an approximate four week  period, with sampling done for each gar ment after drying.&lt;br /&gt;Each trial tested a total of 20 garments made from 100% polyester. A  control sample of ten garments had no pre-treatment applied to them,  whereas ten gar ments were received with either a permanent finish or  subjected to an anti-microbial treatment in the laundry process. The  garments were then washed and dried in separate lots to eliminate cross  contamination. Garments were washed in a 125 pound industrial-type  washer, and dried in a 125 pound industrial-type gas dryer using a  bleach free standard commercial wash formula. The wash formula included  an alkali, non-ionic detergent and sour to reduce pH during the final  wash step.&lt;br /&gt;Prior to each wash cycle, each garment from each “Set” was  contaminated with Staphylococcus aureus at the collar area. After the  wash cycle, each garment from each “Set” was sampled using a Tryptic Soy  Agar (TSA) with Lecithin and Polysorbate 80 (Tween 80), Rodac™ plate.  The front and back surfaces of each collar were tested by placing the  Rodac™ plate firmly on the fabric surface. The plates were then  incubated for aerobic bacteria for three days at 32°C +/-2°C and then an  additional two days for molds and yeasts at room temperature. Incubated  Rodac™ plates were then sent to a third party laboratory for testing  and evaluation. Target values were set at less than 47 CFU per garment.  Any garments with a value higher than 47 CFU would be deemed  unacceptable for use.&lt;br /&gt;The first trial utilized a permanent finish consisting of Bound  Unconventional Antimicrobial Technology which included  propyldimethyloctadecyl ammonium.&lt;br /&gt;The second trial utilized organofunctional silanes that included  silicon, organic alcohol, hydrocarbons (methanol), and nitrogen.&lt;br /&gt;The third trial utilized a topical treatment of oxygenated bleach.  During this trial, the control Set of garments was not subjected to the  topical treatment.&lt;br /&gt;At the end of each trial, after the 25 wash cycles per garment, the  two Sets of garments were then contaminated once again with  Staphylococcus aureus for 144 hours. The two Sets were then tested for  bioburden and then tested again after a wash cycle as described.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;FINDINGS&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For the first trial which utilized a permanent finish of  propyldimethyloctadecyl ammonium the data yielded little difference in  CFU counts from the treated garments to un-treated control group, with  the exception of one sample within the control group that had &amp;lt;200  CFU as tested. Otherwise, the data had little variance and performed in a  similar fashion.&lt;br /&gt;However, when the garments were subjected to the 144 hour soiling  period, the observations differed substantially, though only after being  subjected to the final wash cycle. The treated and non-treated garments  yielded similar CFU counts at the soil stage, but the treated garments  had significantly lower CFU counts after the final wash cycle. Of the  non-treated garments, one garment failed to have less than 47 CFU. For  the treated garments, all garments had very low CFU counts, and showed  significant log reductions in bioburden.&lt;br /&gt;For the second trial which utilized organofunctional silanes, the  data yielded little difference in CFU counts from the treated garments  to un-treated control group, with the exception of five samples within  the treated group and three samples in control group that had &amp;lt;2800  CFU after the fifth wash cycle as tested, and four samples within the  treated group and three samples in control group that had &amp;lt;2800 CFU  after the seventh wash cycle. The wash trials produced eight more  failures for the treated garments than for the controlled group, which  was unexpected.&lt;br /&gt;When the garments were subjected to the 144 hour soiling period, the  observations did not differ substantially. The treated and non-treated  garments yielded similar CFU counts at the soil stage and after the  final wash cycle, which was also unexpected.&lt;br /&gt;For the third trial which utilized oxygenated bleach products, the  data gathered yielded little difference in CFU counts from the treated  garments to un-treated control group. The treated garments however,  showed a very consistent and low, single digit CFU reading, which was  very encouraging.&lt;br /&gt;When the garments were subjected to the 144 hour soiling period, the  observations did not differ substantially after being subjected to the  final wash cycle. The treated and non-treated garments yielded similar  CFU counts at the soil stage, and the treated garments had consistently  low CFU counts after the final wash cycle. The nontreated garments also  exhibited low CFU counts, though less consistently than the treated  group. For the treated garments, all garments had very low CFU counts,  and showed significant log reductions in bioburden.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SUMMARY&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The three trials generated some interesting and surprising results. Most  notably the poor results demonstrated by the garments treated with  organofunctional silanes. This treatment can be found on a number of  textiles that include continuous polyester filament cleanroom products  and a wide array of consumer sportswear products. The relatively strong  performance of the control groups for each of the three trials was also  unexpected. The theories that support most anti-microbial treatments are  based upon disruption of bacteria or biofilms. The demonstration of an  untreated fabric performing even reasonably well, with low or moderate  CFU levels, challenged some of these assumptions and may lend credence  to European assertions regarding minimum temperature, pH, and surfactant  levels for the reprocessing of these textiles.&lt;br /&gt;The trial utilizing propyldimethyloctadecyl ammonium as a permanent  treatment showed promising, though inconsistent results, with the  exception of the 144 hour contamination challenge, where it appeared to  assist the wash efficacy and removal of the Staphylococcus aureus  contamination. Similarly, the treatment utilizing oxygenated bleach  appeared to assist the wash efficacy during the 144 hour contamination  challenge and yielded consistent CFU counts for the treated garments.&lt;br /&gt;The most intriguing result from all three trials was the performance  of the control sets of garments. With a few exceptions during the second  trial, they performed well, with counts well within an acceptable  range, lending credence to the value of a stringent wash and handling  process.&lt;br /&gt;It is important to note that it is not the intent of this article to recommend or support any of the presented technologies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Robert Nightingale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; is Director of  Quality, Research, and Development for Ameripride Services Inc.,  Canadian Linen and Uniform Services, and their CleanStyle Cleanroom  Division. He has over 20 years of experience in human source  contamination and cleanroom apparel processing, as founder and President  of Cleanroom Garments ™, with multiple cleanrooms supporting a vast  array of cleanroom applications from aseptic fill operations, aerospace,  and MEMS fabrication, to automotive paint spray operations. Robert is  also a co-owner of several international patents for cleanroom soil  removal processes.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-6584627621381711175?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6584627621381711175'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6584627621381711175'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/protection-or-hype-making-sense-of-anti.html' title='Protection or Hype? Making Sense of Anti-Microbial Fabric Coatings'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-408572745097174404</id><published>2011-01-24T07:41:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:41:27.315-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Finding The Optimal Analytical Test Part 1'/><title type='text'>Finding The Optimal Analytical Test Part 1</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Barbara Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     Ed Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;What analytical test should you use? A recent  teachable and successful case study does not provide a miracle  all-purpose analytical technique (there is no such thing) but rather  illustrates the process of how a decision might be reached, and the  considerations involved. It illustrates the importance of exploring  beyond the methods that are in one’s immediate comfort zone, of  understanding the features and limitations of any analytical method, and  of adopting a scientific, rational, and defensible approach.&lt;br /&gt;Testing involves “somehow perturbing the area to be analyzed and observing the results.”&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;  The key to successful analytical testing involves perturbing and  observing the material to be analyzed in a meaningful, reproducible  manner and in such a manner that meets the requirements at hand. This is  easier said than done; and the process of selecting, developing, and  validating a rational analytical method can involve interminable testing  and discussion.&lt;br /&gt;The case study involved collaboration between regulators at the South  Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) in southern California  and the Independent Lubricant and Manufacturers Association (ILMA). The  approach to selecting the method involved determining and emulating  likely manufacturing situations, testing and evaluation, assessment of  method practicality, refinement of a standardized method, and consensus  building.&lt;br /&gt;In this instance, the goal was to determine evaporative loss of  relatively volatile materials from metal working fluids so that a method  could be included in an SCAQMD regulation with the goal of reducing VOC  air emissions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;THE COLLABORATION &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;John M. Burke is Director of Engineering Services at Houghton  International, Inc. in Valley Forge, PA. In 2008, as Chair of the  Safety, Health, Environmental, and Regulatory Affairs (SHERA) Committee  at ILMA, “I received a call from an ILMA member in southern California  who described discussions with SCAQMD regarding all sorts of  metalworking fluids, including vanishing oil, rust preventatives, and  other protective fluids. As we learned more about the efforts to  determine the VOC content, we knew we needed to be involved.”&lt;br /&gt;The ILMA involvement developed into a major scientific effort, one  that benefited the environment and considered requirements of industry.  Naveen Berry, Planning and Rules Manager at SCAQMD, Diamond Bar, CA,  described the association with ILMA as “a truly collaborative effort.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WHICH METHOD? &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Berry explains that “we considered EPA Method 24,&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt; it has  many strengths. However, it is recognized as not being an optimal method  to use for coatings but not for use with metalworking fluids and  lubricants.” Burke adds that “Method 24 requires application of heat.  While the temperature conditions are appropriate for aqueous solutions,  there is a point when you heat a lubricant, which you go past the point  of evaporating it, you are cooking it. The breakdown products are  artifactual and do not truly emulate VOCs that would be released with  normal, lower temperature, evaporation. In addition, Method 24 uses a  laboratory oven. Placing a given sample at four different positions  within the oven might yield four different results.”&lt;br /&gt;Readers might want to note these limitations, because EPA Method 24  has been known to be used in manufacturing applications. In addition,  loss and/or modification of a mixture of analytes during sample  preparation are important considerations for everyone involved in  manufacturing. Many complex mixtures can be readily modified during  evaporation, especially with heating. For example, years ago, one of us  (BK) participated in aerospace studies of Non-Volatile Residue (NVR) to  qualify higher-boiling point solvents as replacements for lower-boiling  point chlorinated and fluorinated solvents. We found that the  evaporation temperature had to be lowered; and that the position of the  sample in the laboratory oven had to be specified.&lt;br /&gt;“In 2008 there was no standardized method for measuring VOCs in  metalworking fluids,” continues Burke. “SCAQMD proposed a test method  that they termed Method 313L.&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt; It called for determining VOCs  by separation using gas chromatography (GC) with a flame ionization  detector (FID).” Burke recounts that “after a year of testing with 313L,  we could not get consistent test results among laboratories. In fact,  we saw run to run variability even using the same GC system and using  the same technician.”&lt;br /&gt;Berry explains that SCAQMD decided not to pursue Method 313L, GC/FID  for the current version of Rule 1144 because it did not meet the  requirements of ASTM E-691 in terms of reproducibility. He adds that the  project “raises the issue of how to treat semi-volatiles. When you test  a mixture of multiple solvents in a gas chromatogram, generally you see  distinct peaks. Some of the semi-volatiles did not form distinct peaks.  They formed a smear.”&lt;sup&gt;5&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;THERMOGRAVIMETRIC ANALYSIS (TGA) &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Burke recounts that “we were in a quandary. How could we agree to  regulatory limits? How could we find a consistent test method? What  constitutes volatility? Then, one of our company scientists suggested  using TGA. TGA use is called out in military standards to determine the  volatility in hydraulic oil. The thought was that perhaps TGA could be  adapted to the problem at hand.”&lt;br /&gt;On the surface, TGA might seem like EPA Method 24; and Burke notes  that if TGA was used at the temperature called out for EPA Method 24,  the results were indeed similar. ILMA contended that 110°C +/- 5°C was  too hot, and that modification of the fluid was occurring. Burke  recounts that “we finally said that we really need to define what  constitutes volatility.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CHARACTERIZING VOLATILITY &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The SCAQMD/ILMA committee designed a test to characterize the  evaporative properties of oils, using a time/temperature combination  that might emulate realworld conditions. Burke notes that “it was  important that we agreed to methods and to pass/fail criteria in  advance. We tested three common naphthenic oils, with three different  viscosities,* obtained from a single refinery. We selected a 26 week  time span using the rationale that “two turns” of oil per year would  replicate actual production conditions. The temperature was 40°C,  emulating warm but realistic factory conditions. We agreed that we would  observe the volatility curves (rate of change of fluid weight). If the  curves flattened out before 26 weeks, we would stop earlier. We were  surprised, not very pleasantly, by the results.”&lt;br /&gt;The samples were still evaporating at 26 weeks. Burke explains that  while the most viscous oil was beginning to asymptotically approach a  leveling-off point, the other oils were still evaporating steadily. We  thought that the medium viscosity oil would not be very evaporative; but  it was almost 100% evaporative.”&lt;br /&gt;“Since a 26 week testing protocol would be a bit cumbersome, the next  step was to determine time and temperature conditions that emulated  behavior of the oils used in the 26 week protocol. We tested five  temperatures (71, 81, 91, 101, and 111°C) over shorter time periods. For  each temperature, 120 minute by minute data points were collected.”  Burke explains that they were able to set analytical conditions that  matched results of the six month study to within 1%.&lt;br /&gt;In summary, the group characterized the evaporative properties of  oils used in lubricants, evaluated analytical approaches, and selected a  promising method, TGA. In the next column, we continue with how the TGA  method was tested and optimized, the current status, and a look to the  future.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;* The oils were characterized as 40 second, 60 second, and 100  second oils. The units refer to Universal Saybolt Seconds, a viscosity  unit. It is the time for a given volume of oil to flow through a certain  orifice. The longer the time, the more viscous the fluid.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table bgcolor="#ff0000" border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="2"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt; &lt;td bgcolor="#ffffff"&gt; &lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="color: red;"&gt;Metalworking Fluid Restrictions May Affect You&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;We suggest that you, the reader, peruse Rule 1144.&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;  Metalworking fluids are being restricted to less evaporative materials  in the SCAQMD area. SCAQMD rules sometimes are precedents for  regulations in other areas and states. Features of the rule may impact  your manufacturing facility either by current or future regulatory  mandate or by corporate edict. If metalworking fluids that you or your  suppliers use are reformulated or restricted, critical cleaning  processes and approaches to determining surface residue on high-value  product may also need to be revisited.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/td&gt; &lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt; &lt;/table&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;B. Schiefelbein in Kanegsberg and Kanegsberg, “Find the Contaminant  by Perturbing the Surface: XPS and Auger (Part 1),” Controlled  Environments Magazine, November, 2007.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;SCAQMD Rule 1144, “Metalworking Fluids and Direct Contact Lubricants,” Amended July 9, 2010 &lt;a href="http://aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11_tofc.html" target="_blank"&gt;http://aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11_tofc.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;EPA Method 24, Method 24 – “Determination Of Volatile Matter  Content, Water Content, Density, Volume Solids, and Weight Solids Of  Surface Coatings” &lt;a href="http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/promgate/m-24.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/promgate/m-24.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Appendix I SCAQMD Method 313: Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) by Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS) &lt;a href="http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/cas/app1.html" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/cas/app1.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Clean Air Solvent Certification Protocol &lt;a href="http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/cacc/index.html" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/cacc/index.html &lt;/a&gt;and &lt;a href="http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/cacc/CACCprotocol.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;www.aqmd.gov/rules/cacc/CACCprotocol.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Barbara Kanegsberg &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; Ed Kanegsberg, Ph.D&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;.“The  Cleaning Lady” and “The Rocket Scientist,” are independent consultants  in surface quality including critical/precision cleaning, contamination  control, and validation. They are editors of The Handbook for Critical  Cleaning, CRC Press; an expanded second edition is scheduled for  publication in the 4th quarter of 2010. Contact BFK Solutions LLC,  310-459-3614; &lt;a href="mailto:info@bfksolutions.com"&gt;info@bfksolutions.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-408572745097174404?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/408572745097174404'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/408572745097174404'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/finding-optimal-analytical-test-part-1.html' title='Finding The Optimal Analytical Test Part 1'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-8221596948440136820</id><published>2011-01-24T07:40:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:40:51.095-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Finding The Optimal Analytical Test Part 2'/><title type='text'>Finding The Optimal Analytical Test Part 2</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Barbara Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     Ed Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;Previously we discussed how regulators at the  South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) and the Independent  Lubricant and Manufacturers Association (ILMA) evaluated and selected a  test method to be used in SCAQMD Rule 1144&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; to determine the  VOC level of metalworking fluids. Thermographic Analysis (TGA) was  selected rather than Gas Chromatography with a flame ionization detector  (GC/FID), SCAQMD Method 313L, or EPA Method 24 because TGA shows  greater reproducibility and is more readily adapted to the fluids under  consideration.&lt;br /&gt;In the fall of 2009, as John Burke, Director of Engineering Services  at Houghton International Inc., Valley Forge, PA, explains, ASTM was  engaged as a neutral, consensus- driven agency to modify an existing  ASTM TGA test, E1868-09.&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; The ASTM activity was both rigorous  and turbo-charged, because SCAQMD had to come up with a method in  support of improving air quality that could be rationally communicated  to the Federal regulators. Modified ASTM E1868-10&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt; is now in place.&lt;br /&gt;Burke points out that, compared with GC/FID, TGA is a relatively  simple method. A fixed amount of material is added to a wing pan; the  temperature is ramped up; and losses are determined gravimetrically.  However, the devil is in the details and E1868-10 is no exception.  Details include whether or not to begin data collection during the  warm-up period, the three-dimensional configuration and material of  construction of the wing pan, and the amount of liquid to be tested.  Materials handling prior to test must also be specified; for example,  Burke notes that fluids with a high solvent content can show evaporative  losses prior to testing. “We used ASTM 691,&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt; including  replicate samples and multiple labs to determine that we had a robust  method. The tests were successful; they will be published.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;GC METHOD DEVELOPMENT &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Naveen Berry, Planning and Rules Manager at SCAQMD, Diamond Bar, CA,  notes that “if we had a standardized, reproducible method, we would have  adopted Rule 1144 for all categories of metalworking fluids and  lubricants in March 2009. “We held back on regulating metalworking  fluids, especially oils and low viscosity oils with semivolatiles  because the GC/FID test method was not ready for prime time. Together,  industry and SCAQMD developed a TGA method that provides repeatable and  reproducible results. SCAQMD is in the process of doing a second phase  round robin with 313L. This will include academic, government, and  private laboratories. According to our Board, for Rule 1144, we have yet  to meet the robustness specified in ASTM E619. There are many variables  that must be defined; GC analysis is a very fine art, as well as a  science.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MEETING TECHNICAL CHALLENGES&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Burke adds that the next step is to reformulate metalworking fluids  based on the new limits. He notes that vegetable-based lubricants tend  to be naturally lower in VOCs than are naphthenic lubricants and  therefore could be good candidates; he notes that relative reactivity  may eventually provide a more meaningful estimate of the impact of  volatiles on air quality. A conference at SCAQMD is planned to discuss  lubricant options and real-world findings for ultra low-VOC technology,  as well as test methods.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TAKE-HOME LESSONS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Testing is an evolving and collaborative effort. Within your own  organization, consider assembling what regulators term the  “stakeholders” and obtain their input. There is no one optimal  analytical test, so we suggest evaluating the options on a scientific  and practical level.&lt;br /&gt;Rule 1144 has improved air quality. Berry estimates that “we  eliminated a little more than 3.5 tons per day from this category alone,  which is almost the equivalent of shutting down three of the  Southland’s major oil refineries. These were very cost-effective  reductions. It is fortunate that the rule has been developed rationally,  because there are encompassing implications. California is a  trendsetter,” concludes Burke. “We believe the rule will morph away from  California and will be adopted throughout the United States.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;SCAQMD Rule 1144, “Metalworking Fluids and Direct Contact Lubricants,” Amended July 9, 2010 &lt;a href="http://aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11_tofc.html" target="_blank"&gt;http://aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11_tofc.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;ASTM E1868-09, Standard Test Method for Loss-On-Drying by Thermogravimetry, &lt;a href="http://www.astm.org/DATABASE.CART/HISTORICAL/E1868-09.htm" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.astm.org/DATABASE.CART/HISTORICAL/E1868-09.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;ASTM E1868-10 was developed as ASTM WK26130 - Revision of E1868 - 09. &lt;a href="http://www.astm.org/Standards/E1868.htm" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.astm.org/Standards/E1868.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;ASTM E691 Standard Practice for Conducting an Interlaboratory Study to Determine the Precision of a Test Method&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Barbara Kanegsberg&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Ed Kanegsberg&lt;/strong&gt;,  Ph.D. “The Cleaning Lady” and “The Rocket Scientist,” are independent  consultants in surface quality including critical/precision cleaning,  contamination control, and validation. They are editors of The Handbook  for Critical Cleaning, CRC Press; an expanded second edition is  scheduled for publication in the 4th quarter of 2010. Contact BFK  Solutions LLC, 310-459-3614;&lt;a href="mailto:info@bfksolutions.com"&gt; info@bfksolutions.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-8221596948440136820?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/8221596948440136820'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/8221596948440136820'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/finding-optimal-analytical-test-part-2.html' title='Finding The Optimal Analytical Test Part 2'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-6308288127275309801</id><published>2011-01-24T07:40:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:40:12.803-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Point of View: Why Clean the Cleanroom?'/><title type='text'>Point of View: Why Clean the Cleanroom?</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Barbara Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     Ed Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;There may be fear of regulatory agencies or of  customers. Cleaning most often relates to particles; increasingly, it is  also concerned with Airborne Molecular Contamination (AMC) or with  minimizing biofilms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DESIGN&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Effective cleaning begins with thoughtful design. For the product, this  means avoiding or at least being aware of areas where contamination is  likely to occur. For the cleanroom, it means consideration of materials  and configuration that minimize contamination. As part of the design, we  also include determining what processes will be conducted within the  cleanroom and how process flow will occur. Cleanroom real estate is  valuable; conducting as much cleaning as possible outside of the  cleanroom is not only economical, but can also minimize cleanroom  contamination.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PROVENANCE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Extrapolation is necessary, but it may not be sufficient. We may say  that a new product is substantially like an existing one and use  cleanliness standards and cleaning practices for the existing product as  benchmarks for the new one. However, after a few generations of  extrapolation, modified cleaning processes and other, more pertinent,  tests for cleanliness may be required.&lt;br /&gt;In cleanrooms, a design to be used for one application may not be  readily adaptable to another. Cleanrooms are often reutilized for  applications other than those for which they were originally designed.  In such instances, it is important to take a dispassionate look at the  previous use or perhaps misuse of the cleanroom and to take corrective  action. It is also important to assess how the cleanroom is to be used  and to make needed changes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;REQUIREMENTS&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This means not just specifications and standards, but also actual  performance requirements. Meeting a specification is not a substitute  for logical analysis. Such analysis must involve the expected end-use of  the product as well as an assessment of likely contaminants and of the  consequences of contamination.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;EDUCATION&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Teaching employees to adhere to rules of behavior or to a specific  cleaning protocol is necessary. However, for both product and  cleanrooms, there is no substitute for understanding the “why” of the  cleaning process. Education is important whether your product and  cleanrooms are cleaned inhouse or are outsourced. In fact, when you  outsource, educating the employees of the contractor may be even more  important.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;VIGILANCE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Monitoring and auditing are part of vigilance. However, monitoring and  auditing are not sufficient, particularly with complex products. One  reason for the importance of an educated workforce is that you have to  expect the unexpected; and this is true for both the cleanroom and the  product itself.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CLEAN CRITICALLY—IN AND OUT OF THE CLEANROOM &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Too often, cleaning the cleanroom to a particular standard becomes an  end in itself; reaching the goal or staying within limits of  contamination may not be adequate. The ultimate goals—assuring  cleanliness and quality performance of the product—are lost. We have to  meet or exceed the requirements. In cleaning the cleanroom and the  product, our goal should be to clean critically, to adopt valueadded  cleaning. By the way, our view of critical cleaning is that it is a  lynch-pin process, one that is essential to product quality. Therefore,  critical cleaning may occur not only in the cleanroom but also very  early in the fabrication and assembly process. But, more about critical  cleaning next year.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Barbara Kanegsberg &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;and &lt;strong&gt;Ed Kanegsberg&lt;/strong&gt;,  Ph.D. “The Cleaning Lady” and “The Rocket Scientist,” are independent  consultants in surface quality including critical/precision cleaning,  contamination control, and validation. They are editors of The Handbook  for Critical Cleaning, CRC Press; an expanded second edition is  scheduled for publication in the 4th quarter of 2010. Contact BFK  Solutions LLC, 310-459-3614; &lt;a href="mailto:info@bfksolutions.com"&gt;info@bfksolutions.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-6308288127275309801?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6308288127275309801'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6308288127275309801'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/point-of-view-why-clean-cleanroom.html' title='Point of View: Why Clean the Cleanroom?'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-7406312376976358547</id><published>2011-01-24T07:39:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:39:41.207-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='The Microbial ID Breakthrough'/><title type='text'>The Microbial ID Breakthrough</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Dennis Champagne        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How DNA Sequencing Services Help Prevent Catastrophic Cleanroom Shutdowns&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Every minute of every day, modern cleanrooms used for the manufacture  of medical devices, pharmaceuticals, or combination products face  widespread, persistent threats of contamination. Much of this  contamination comes from the people working in these environments. They  carry invasive organisms on their hands, feet, and clothes. They also  bring contaminated equipment and materials into the environment. Risks  of contamination also may increase with the seasons. For example, molds  are prevalent during spring blooms or summer flowerings.&lt;br /&gt;Other threats may exist in the cleanroom environments themselves.  Water sources and drains are ready sources of foreign organisms, often  due to broken, improperly installed, or clogged filtration devices.  Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems may suffer similar  problems with airborne contaminants. A HEPA filter charged with  protecting against contaminants, when malfunctioning or filled to  capacity may instead do the opposite. Any cleanroom surface may contain a  sporeforming organism allowed to grow due to improper disinfectant  selection or procedures.&lt;br /&gt;As the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) states,  “Characterization of recovered microorganisms provides vital information  for the environmental monitoring program. Environmental isolates often  correlate with the contaminants found in a media fill or product  sterility testing failure and the overall environmental picture provides  valuable information for an investigation. Monitoring critical and  immediately surrounding clean areas as well as personnel should include  routine identification of microorganisms to the species (or, where  appropriate, genus) level.”1&lt;br /&gt;However, identifying the culprits is a challenging task indeed.  Cumulatively, thousands of organisms pose plausible threats, including  the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Gram-positive bacteria—numerous different species, including many that produce hard to kill spores&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Gram-negative bacteria—including numerous pseudomonases&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Molds—often during seasonal peaks&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Yeast&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Discovery of contaminants from any of these sources poses serious  problems for quality managers, lab managers, and other executives  responsible for cleanroom facilities. In almost all cases, serious  contamination means the cleanroom must temporarily shut down. This  brings production of pharmaceuticals or medical devices to a halt—for  days, weeks, or even months. Deadlines are missed. Schedules are thrown  into chaos. Projects, contracts, and other relationships with the  facility’s customers can be imperiled, or terminated outright. Profits  plummet. In some cases, personnel responsible for quality and  productivity may lose their jobs.&lt;br /&gt;Fast action is vital. To get the cleanroom up and running as quickly  as possible, the extent and location of areas affected must be  determined, and the responsible organism identified.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TRADITIONAL ANSWERS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Conventional procedures for the identification of unknown microorganisms  are well established. Samples are gathered and submitted to a series of  biochemical or phenotypic testing techniques. These traditional methods  may still have some utility as part of a regular series of preventive  measures. When coupled with minimal-contamination cleanroom design,  properly designed operating procedures, and regular testing of surfaces  and equipment, routine screening and identification with biochemical or  phenolic-based techniques may provide some level of prophylaxis.&lt;br /&gt;Unfortunately, numerous problems are associated with these systems  and methods. They must be based on the observed qualities of the target  organism. Identification relies on observing a suspect organism’s  morphology, development, and behavior over time, as well as analyzing  the structure and function of its cellular components.&lt;br /&gt;These tests are unsuitable for identifying such commonly encountered  contaminants as mycoplasmas or molds. They demand the use of multiple  isolated colonies of living organisms. Testers must make subjective  decisions to attempt growth of the organism in media of a specific  nature (aerobic or anaerobic) and Gram reaction (bacteria, mycobacteria,  or yeast). If they suspect the organism is a bacterium, they must  decide whether its source is environmental or clinical. Finally, testers  must typically match the isolate against one of five libraries in the  testing equipment’s software: aerobic, environmental/clinical,  anaerobic, yeast, or mycobacteria.&lt;br /&gt;Reproducibility is also a common problem. A suspect organism may be  identified one way in one test, but another way in the next. Accuracy  also suffers. A number of laboratories have discovered that, in this  example, both identifications may subsequently prove incorrect. In  addition, due to their frequent origination in medical settings, these  tests may produce more accurate identifications of organisms common to  clinical contexts, as opposed to isolates often encountered in the  challenging environment of a large-scale manufacturing process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Image 1" height="255" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art1_image1.jpg" width="366" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Perhaps most important, these tests take time. Attempting to regrow  the organism for identification is far from an overnight process. In  fact, with traditional methods, routine identification of a single  sample may take as much as one month. Again, from a manufacturing  viewpoint, this magnitude of delay can be catastrophic.&lt;br /&gt;When significant contamination has already occurred, traditional  microbial identification techniques have proved increasingly  unsatisfactory. Their results are too uncertain and arrive much too  slowly. These methods simply can’t meet the urgent scheduling and  production needs of a modern medical device or pharmaceutical  manufacturing operation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Image 2" height="382" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art1_image2.jpg" width="378" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Image 3" height="381" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art1_image3.jpg" width="376" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Image 4" height="327" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art1_image4.jpg" width="372" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NEW BREAKTHROUGHS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When environmental microbial contamination poses problems—up to and  including catastrophic facility shutdowns—quality control and production  managers need their samples tested by a fast, accurate, highly reliable  identification system. To provide that level of confidence, leading  testers increasingly rely on DNA sequencing, a high-precision,  gene-based method that represents a breakthrough in microbial  identification.&lt;br /&gt;According to the FDA, “Genotypic methods have been shown to be more  accurate and precise than traditional biochemical and phenotypic  techniques. These methods are especially valuable for investigations  into failures (e.g., sterility test; media fill contamination).”&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Experts agree that DNA sequencing is faster, more accurate, and more  reproducible than phenotypic or biochemical identification methods. It  provides the definitive information needed to control contamination and  reduce risks associated with production downtime. That’s why DNA  sequencing has become the new gold standard in microbial identification,  outpacing traditional methods.&lt;br /&gt;The new microbial identification systems, such as the MicroSEQ®  instrument from Applied Biosystems, employ ribosomal DNA (rDNA)  sequencing to replace phenotypic microbial ID methods, fatty acid ID  methods, traditional plate identification, ELISA, or antibody-based  methods. Using a phylogenetic approach, the systems sequence the stable  16S ribosomal RNA (rRNA) gene present in all bacteria. For fungi, they  sequence the D2 region of the large fungi sub-unit. (Note that a single  isolated colony—alive or dead—is sufficient for identification  purposes.) After sequencing the rRNA gene, the systems automatically  compare the results to validated sequences in their customizable  microbial libraries. They then deliver a list of the closest matches,  ranked according to genetic distance from the sample.&lt;br /&gt;In contrast to traditional methods, DNA sequencing for microbial  identification has proven highly accurate. Experienced users report  positive identification rates over 99% for all suspect categories,  including bacteria, mycoplasmas, yeast, and molds. Testers also observe  that sequencing avoids the traditional bias toward clinical settings,  showing strong results in identifying organisms widely encountered in  environmental testing.&lt;br /&gt;Nor is accuracy impeded by subjective judgments. Unlike traditional  methods, wherein testers must observe an organism’s morphology and  behavior or make best-guess estimates in choosing growth media or  software libraries, testers can rely on straightforward procedures and  objective criteria. They can easily decide between only two necessary  libraries: bacterial or fungal. Reproducibility is also much improved.  The systems identify the same microbe the same way from run to run,  sample to sample. Identification can be tied to the unique DNA sequence  of a target organism with extremely high confidence.&lt;br /&gt;Finally and most importantly, DNA sequence identification saves time.  Where traditional methods may take weeks, a month, or longer to return  results, DNA sequencing works in hours or at most days for results.  Virtually all identifications can be completed within a week. On this  count alone, DNA ID methodology is highly attractive for all  manufacturing managers. DNA sequencing is ideal for testing applications  including pharmaceutical quality assurance/quality control labs,  finished product and in-process testing, media fill failure  investigations, sterile medical products, opthalmics, medical devices,  cosmetics, and nutritional supplements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Image 5" height="254" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art1_image5.jpg" width="368" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once the organism is positively identified, managers can much more  easily deduce the source or sources of contamination and take swift  corrective action to enable the resumption of manufacturing production.&lt;br /&gt;Microbial identification is a demanding specialty requiring advanced  equipment and expertise. Many testing laboratories send out their  identification work to subcontractors narrowly focused on this field.  But this can only delay the production of timely answers.&lt;br /&gt;Pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers should seek  laboratory partners that have fully committed to the new microbial  identification technologies. Look for labs that have recently expanded  their resources by adding state-of-the-art thermocyclers, centrifuges,  water baths, and DNA sequencing ID units. The genotypic-based  identification technology enables identification of contaminating  environmental organisms&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;More quickly&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;More accurately&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Reproducibly&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;DNA sequencing allows these labs to identify both viable and  nonviable organisms. This ability becomes important, for example, in  cases where clients need comparison of samples of dead organisms  collected four weeks previously to living samples collected the day  before. (If the organisms are identical, it may indicate a recurring  problem.) It also enables clients to build libraries of common  contaminants in their areas over time, developing systematic trending  data.&lt;br /&gt;Make sure your testing laboratory has at least two genotypic-based  identification systems. This allows the lab to run about 60 organisms in  a 24-hour period, normally utilizing two shifts. This capability can be  vital when a client’s operation is down and every hour counts. For  example, testers can run a yeast and mold plate on one instrument, and  bacteria on the other; or put through two large batches of only mold,  yeast, or bacteria (including mycoplasmas).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Image 6" height="376" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art1_image6.jpg" width="373" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Image 7" height="254" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art1_image7.jpg" width="377" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Speed is the most obvious result of the new testing technologies. A  lab can often produce preliminary microbial identification in 24 hours.  Comprehensive final reports on a variety of samples from a given  manufacturing area or an entire facility are typically available in one  week or less. This contrasts strongly with traditional methodologies  that can take one month or longer.&lt;br /&gt;A reputable lab can perform both remote and onsite services for  clients anywhere in the U.S. At the client’s location, their specialists  can perform microbial sampling of water, surfaces, air, and compressed  air/gases. For remote monitoring, the lab supplies sampling plates and  sterile water collecting vials— everything needed for clients to collect  samples in their own cleanrooms or manufacturing spaces. The lab also  furnishes full instructions for receipt, sampling, storage, and return.&lt;br /&gt;A high-quality lab with new microbial identification technology will  produce quick, reliable results in failure investigations involving  sterility testing, media fills, and more. It will help clients control  contamination, both by taking immediate corrective action and by  initiating long-term programs of prevention. And it will reduce the loss  and risk associated with manufacturing production downtime—including  delayed product releases, back orders, and recalls.&lt;br /&gt;Besides cutting-edge technology, a laboratory with these capabilities  will have a highly technically qualified, experienced staff. Their  microbiologists are intensively trained on advanced testing equipment  and will have performed literally thousands of successful  identifications based on DNA sequencing in recent years. The lab will  assign an experienced team leader to each project to facilitate  effective communications and ensure that client objectives are clearly  understood and quickly achieved. In addition, clients should feel free  at any time to talk with the analysts performing their individual  testing. Clients must be confident that the correct tests are carried  out on the most accelerated possible schedule, with the most accurate  results.&lt;br /&gt;Some testing laboratories also have their own contract manufacturing  suites. These labs can verify new methods in their own facilities before  recommending them to clients. Improvement in cleanroom equipment and  procedures are implemented constantly for optimum results.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;REFERENCES&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Guidance for Industry: Sterile Drug Products Produced by Aseptic  Processing— Current Good Manufacturing Practice; U.S. Department of  Health and Human Services, Food and Drug Administration (FDA); September  2004; section X.B., “Microbiological Media and Identification.”&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dennis Champagne &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;is Director, Laboratory Services, at Microtest Laboratories, Inc., Agawam, Mass., &lt;a href="http://www.microtestlabs.com/"&gt;http://www.microtestlabs.com&lt;/a&gt;.  With more than 13 years’ experience in regulatory microbiology and  contract laboratory operations, Dennis Champagne leads Microtest’s  microbiology, contract analytical chemistry, laboratory support, and  virology departments. Mr. Champagne holds a B.S. degree in microbiology  from Iowa State University, and is a nationally registered  microbiologist. Contact Dennis at &lt;a href="mailto:DChampagne@microtestlabs.com"&gt;DChampagne@microtestlabs.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-7406312376976358547?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/7406312376976358547'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/7406312376976358547'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/microbial-id-breakthrough.html' title='The Microbial ID Breakthrough'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-4803932086409844022</id><published>2011-01-24T07:39:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:39:00.224-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Estimating Hydrochloric Acid and Ammonium Hydroxide Loss'/><title type='text'>Estimating Hydrochloric Acid and Ammonium Hydroxide Loss</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Mark Caulfield        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     C. W. Extrand        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Sung In Moon        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Calculations suggest break-through from  semiconductor bulk chemical distribution systems occurs in a matter of  days and steady state permeation accounts for several milliliters of  chemical loss each day.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Permeability (&lt;em&gt;P&lt;/em&gt;) and diffusion (&lt;em&gt;D&lt;/em&gt;) coefficients  were measured for hydrogen chloride and ammonia gas transport through a  polytetrafluoroethylene copolymer, perfluoroalkoxy (PFA), using standard  manometric techniques. These data were subsequently used to estimate  the performance characteristics, such as break-through times and  permeation rates, of a representative chemical distribution system that  might be found inside a semiconductor wafer fabrication facility. Our  findings suggest that break-through occurs in a matter of days and that  steady state permeation can account for the loss of several grams of  hydrochloric acid or ammonium hydroxide each day. This loss rate for  hydrogen chloride would be equivalent to dumping five milliliters of  concentrated hydrochloric acid on to the floor of a fabrication facility  each day, or more likely into the secondary containment sub-system, and  allowing the acid to dissipate over the course of a day. This equates  to two liters per year. Everything else being equal, the loss rate of  ammonium hydroxide is expected to be more than two times that of  hydrochloric acid. To prevent accumulation of hydrogen chloride or  ammonia, the secondary containment sub-system must be purged. The  necessary purge rate can be estimated using the mass transport data  making this study useful to facility planners and operators.&lt;br /&gt;Among melt-processable thermoplastics, tetrafluoroethylene (TFE) -  perfluoroalkoxy copolymers, often abbreviated simply as PFA, have a  unique combination of purity, toughness, and nearly universal chemical  inertness. Therefore, PFA has been used broadly for the transport and  storage of high purity chemicals in semiconductor wafer fabrication  facilities or “fabs.”&lt;sup&gt;1,2&lt;/sup&gt; Although much is known about the purity, mechanical, and thermal properties of PFA,&lt;sup&gt;3-5&lt;/sup&gt; less information is available regarding its permeation characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;Some permeation testing has been performed on PFA,&lt;sup&gt;6-13&lt;/sup&gt; but  most studies have not addressed two of the most widely used  semiconductor process chemicals, hydrochloric acid and ammonium  hydroxide. The active ingredient in both of these aqueous chemicals is  dissolved gas, hydrogen chloride or ammonia, respectively. Thus, they  are quite mobile and have caused concerns about unwanted permeation,  cross-contamination, and corrosion.&lt;sup&gt;13&lt;/sup&gt; In this article, we  explore breakthrough times and steady-state permeation rates of hydrogen  chloride and ammonia for a PFA chemical distribution system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A REPRESENTATIVE BULK CHEMICAL SYSTEM &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the following examples, we use a representative bulk chemical system  that could be used for distributing hydrochloric acid or ammonium  hydroxide. It is shown schematically in Figure 1. The distribution  system consists of a bulk chemical container, a pump, tubing, pipe, and  valves. The various PFA components are tabulated in Table 1. The valves  are mounted inside containment boxes. The chemical, hydrochloric acid or  ammonium hydroxide, is pumped from a chemical container through a one  inch (25 mm) PFA supply line to three tee boxes that each contain two  PFA drop valves. The drop valves feed six valve boxes that in turn  distribute the chemical to 30 points of use via ¾ inch (19 mm) PFA  tubing. Unused chemical is sent back to the storage container through a  one inch PFA return line. For simplicity, we assume that all components  are constructed from PFA.&lt;br /&gt;Tee and valve boxes would typically be fabricated from polypropylene  (PP). The tee boxes shown here have dimensions of 48 cm x 42 cm x 24 cm.  The valve boxes are larger, approximately 90 cm x 80 cm x 30 cm.  Although not shown, a typical system would also have secondary  containment around the runs of pipe and tubing, often two inch (50 mm)  poly vinyl chloride (PVC) pipe.&lt;br /&gt;Table 1 also includes quantities and dimensions of the chemical distribution components: length (&lt;em&gt;L&lt;/em&gt;), thickness (&lt;em&gt;B&lt;/em&gt;), surface area (&lt;em&gt;A&lt;/em&gt;), and fractional surface area (&lt;em&gt;fA&lt;/em&gt;) relative to the entire system. The total surface area is 660,529 cm&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;,  which can inconspicuously allow chemical to escape the PFA via  permeation. This system has a large surface area that is approximately  equivalent to one side of a volleyball court (66 m&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; or 710 ft&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;).  The total length of the system is one kilometer, so it is not  surprising that most of the surface area is from the tubing and pipe,  which accounts for &amp;gt;98% of the total surface area. Almost all of that  area (97%) lies outside the tee and valve boxes. The remainder of the  wetted surface area listed in Table 1 is from the valve diaphragms. We  also estimated the area of the valve bodies, a total sum of 12,600 cm&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;. This is much larger than the area associated with the diaphragms (1,660 cm&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Figure 1" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art3_figure1.jpg" style="height: 438px; width: 383px;" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Table 1" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art3_table1.jpg" style="height: 209px; width: 383px;" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MASS TRANSPORT PROPERTIES OF PFA &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Permeability (&lt;em&gt;P&lt;/em&gt;) and diffusion (&lt;em&gt;D&lt;/em&gt;) coefficients of PFA for both hydrogen chloride and ammonia gas were measured at 25°C by standard manometric techniques. &lt;sup&gt;14&lt;/sup&gt; Gas pressures for hydrogen chloride ranged between 15 and 25 cmHg or for ammonia, from 42 to 47 cmHg. Values of &lt;em&gt;P&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;D&lt;/em&gt;  did not depend on gas pressure in these ranges. Their averages are  summarized in Table 2. The diffusion coefficient describes the mobility  of a molecule in a material, while the permeability coefficient is an  inherent material property that describes the normalized “flow” rate  through a material. Greater solubility of ammonia in PFA led to a  permeability coefficient (&lt;em&gt;P&lt;/em&gt;) that was nearly two times larger  than for hydrogen chloride. The measured values agreed with the few  published values found in open literature.&lt;sup&gt;9,13&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Table 2" height="115" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art3_table2.jpg" width="382" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PERFORMANCE OF THE BULK CHEMICAL SYSTEM &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;Break-through times.&lt;/em&gt; If hydrochloric acid or ammonium hydroxide  were introduced into our representative distribution system, how much  time would pass before hydrogen chloride or ammonia gas would begin to  appear at the outer surface of our PFA components? The break-through  time (&lt;em&gt;tb&lt;/em&gt;) depends on the sample thickness (&lt;em&gt;B&lt;/em&gt;) and the diffusion coefficient (&lt;em&gt;D&lt;/em&gt;) of the material,&lt;sup&gt;15&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="equation 1" height="42" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art3_eq1.jpg" width="77" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Assuming we have a perfectly sealed system, breakthrough of hydrogen  chloride or ammonia would occur first in the thinnest wall sections of  the valve diaphragms (7-8 hours). These gases would begin to emerge from  the tubing in tb = four to five days.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;Steady state permeation rates. &lt;/em&gt;Once break-through occurs, steady state is generally reached after 3&lt;em&gt;tb&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;sup&gt;15&lt;/sup&gt;  For the tubing in this system, that would happen approximately three  weeks after introduction of hydrochloric acid or ammonium hydroxide into  the dry system. If we assume the concentration in the surrounding  atmosphere (tee boxes, valve boxes, and containment sub-systems, etc.)  is effectively zero and is kept there, then volumetric loss rates (&lt;em&gt;Q&lt;/em&gt;) due to permeation can be estimated from each component using the following equation,&lt;sup&gt;15,16&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="equation 2" height="45" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art3_eq2.jpg" width="125" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;where &lt;em&gt;q&lt;/em&gt; is the volume of gas at standard temperature and pressure (&lt;em&gt;To&lt;/em&gt; = 0°C = 273 K and &lt;em&gt;Po&lt;/em&gt; = 1 atm = 76 cmHg) that permeates, &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt; is time, &lt;em&gt;P&lt;/em&gt; is the permeability coefficient, &lt;em&gt;B&lt;/em&gt; is the component thickness, &lt;em&gt;A&lt;/em&gt; is the area (&lt;em&gt;A&lt;/em&gt;), and (&lt;em&gt;ph&lt;/em&gt;) is the internal partial pressure of the gas. In turn, the volumetric loss rates can be converted into mass loss rates (&lt;em&gt;m˙&lt;/em&gt; ) using the ideal gas law,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="equation 3" height="40" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art3_eq3.jpg" width="112" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;where &lt;em&gt;M&lt;/em&gt; is the molar mass of the gas in question (36.46  g/mol for HCl and 17.03 g/mol for ammonia) and R is the ideal gas  constant (6236.6 cm3cmHg/K•mol). Steady state permeation rates depend on  the vapor pressure of hydrogen chloride and ammonia, which are  determined by the concentrations of hydrochloric acid and ammonium  hydroxide. In the calculations, we used 22.5 cmHg for hydrogen chloride  and 47.0 cmHg for ammonia as vapor pressures. These numbers represent  37% hydrochloric acid and 25% ammonium hydroxide, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;Considering one of the components as a scenario— the chemical supply  line is comprised of 152 m of one inch PFA tubing. Under steady state  conditions, it would be expected to lose 225 standard cm&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt; of  hydrogen chloride gas per day to permeation or 832 standard cm3 per day  of ammonia. On a mass basis, this equates to 0.37 g or 0.63 g per day,  respectively. Steady state mass loss rates are listed in Table 3 for all  components. Since most of the area available for transport is found in  the tubing, it accounts for most of the steady state gas loss. The daily  totals are 2.1 g/day for hydrogen chloride and 3.6 g/day for ammonia.  These loss rates of hydrogen chloride and ammonia can be converted into  the amount of hydrochloric acid and ammonium hydroxide using  concentration and density. The loss rate for hydrogen chloride would be  equivalent to dumping five milliliters of concentrated hydrochloric acid  on to the floor of a fab each day, or more likely into the secondary  containment sub-system, allowing the acid to dissipate over the course  of a day. This equates to two liters per year. Everything else being  equal, the loss rate of ammonium hydroxide is expected to be more than  two times that of hydrochloric acid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;Removal of permeants from the secondary containment sub-system&lt;/em&gt;.  If we assume the secondary containment sub-system for a hydrochloric  acid or ammonium hydroxide line is sealed and isolated from the ambient  fab environment, it should be purged periodically to prevent  accumulation of errant hydrogen chloride or ammonia. At the other  extreme, if it were required to maintain levels of either gas in the  secondary containment below the Occupational Safety and Health  Administration (OSHA) permissible exposure limit (PEL), then constant  purging of the sub-system would be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;Again, let us use hydrogen chloride to make a few estimates. Without  purging, the rate of accumulation will vary throughout the system.  Hydrogen chloride levels will rise more slowly in the large valve boxes  and more quickly in the confines of the tubing secondary containment.  Therefore, to minimize hydrogen chloride concentration rise in the  secondary containment sub-system, it is sufficient to address the  smallest annular volume surrounding the tubing outside the boxes.&lt;br /&gt;The daily hydrogen chloride loss at 25°C from a unit length of one inch tubing is 0.016 cm&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt; per day, while the annular volume of a unit length of secondary containment is 15 cm&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;. The OSHA PEL for hydrogen chloride is 5 ppm.&lt;sup&gt;17&lt;/sup&gt;  In order to dilute the hydrogen chloride gas to this level, the air  volume inside the containment sub-system should be turned over roughly  200 times per day. This corresponds to a residence time of seven  minutes. Thus, the purge gas flow rate through the containment  sub-system (0.8 m3) should be 0.1 m3/min (3.5 ft&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;/min). The  highest purge gas velocities would occur in the PVC conduit containing  the one inch PFA tubing. With an annular cross-sectional area of 15 cm&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;, the average velocity in the conduit would be 75 m/min (4.5 km/hour = 3 mi/hour).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Table 3" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art3_table3.jpg" style="height: 431px; width: 386px;" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CONCLUSIONS&lt;br /&gt;Permeability and diffusion coefficients of hydrogen chloride and ammonia  gas were measured for PFA and then used to estimate the performance of a  representative bulk chemical distribution system in a semiconductor  wafer fab constructed from PFA. Our calculations suggest that for real  systems, break-through occurs in a matter of days and steady state  permeation accounts for several milliliters of chemical loss each day.  Most of that loss comes from the long runs of tubing that transport  chemical throughout fabrication facilities. To prevent accumulation and  maintain very low levels of hydrogen chloride or ammonia, the secondary  containment sub-system must be purged. The purge rate can be estimated  using mass transport data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;Acknowledgements &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We thank Entegris management, especially D. Brettingen, R. Lindblom, and  B. Reichow for supporting this work and allowing publication. Also,  thanks to E. Adkins, A. Anderson, B. Arriola, S. Cantor, C. Duston, L.  Goedecke, J. Goodman, J. Hennen, T. King, S. Moroney, S. Sirignano, and  V. Szpara for their suggestions on the technical content and text.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Khaladkar, P.R., “Fluoropolymers for Chemical Handling  Applications,” Scheirs, J. (Ed.), Modern Fluoropolymers, Wiley, New  York, 1997, Chapter 16.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Extrand, C.W., “The Use of Fluoropolymers to Protect Semiconductor Materials,” Journal of Fluorine Chemistry, 2003, 122, 121.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Goodman, J., Andrews, S., Solid State Technol. 1990, 33, 65–68.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Goodman, J., Van Sickle, P.M., Microcontamination. 1991, 9 ,21–25.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Kerbow, D.L., Sperati, C.A., “Physical constants of fluoropolymers,”  Polymer Handbook, 4th ed.; Brandrup, J., Immergut,E. H., Grulke, E. A.,  Eds., Wiley: New York, 1999, pp. V31–V58.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Giacobbe, F. W. J Appl Polym Sci 1990, 39, 1121–1132.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Giacobbe, F. W. J Appl Polym Sci 1991, 42, 2361–2364.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Giacobbe, F. W. J Appl Polym Sci 1992, 466, 1113.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Pauly, S. Polymer Handbook, 4th ed.; Brandrup, J., Immergut, E. H., Grulke, E. A., Eds., Wiley: New York, 1999.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Monson, L., Moon, S.I., Extrand, C.W., “Gas Permeation Resistance of  Various Grades of Perfluoroalkoxy-polytetrafluoroethylene Copolymers,”  Journal of Applied Polymer Science, 2009, 111, 141- 147.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;De Angelis, M. G.; Sarti, G. C.; Sanguineti, A.; Maccone, P. J Polym Sci Part B: Polym Phys 2004, 42, 1987–2006.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Aminabhavi, T. M.; Naidu, B. V. K. J Appl Polym Sci 2004, 92, 991–996.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Grant, D. &amp;amp; Carrieri, D. “The effect of HCl permeaton through  PFA on expected component life,” Fabtech, Vol 37, 01 March 2008,  101-105.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Standard Test Method for Determining Gas Permeability  Characteristics of Plastic Film and Sheeting; American Society for the  Testing of Materials: West Conshohocken, PA, 1998; ASTM D1434-82. Test  Method for Gas Transmission Rate through Plastic Film and Sheeting;  Japanese Industrial Standard: Tokyo, Japan, 1987, JIS K7126.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Crank, J. The Mathematics of Diffusion; Oxford University Press: London, 1970.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Daynes, H. A., The Process of Diffusion through a Rubber Membrane,  Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A, Containing Papers  of a Mathematical and Physical Character, 1920, 97, 286.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;“Occupational Safety and Health Guidelines for Hydrogen Chloride.” United States Department of labor. 22 Oct. 2010. &lt;a href="http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/healthguidelines/hydrogenchloride/%20recognition.html" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/healthguidelines/hydrogenchloride/ recognition.html&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mark Caulfield&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;, BS is Applications  Engineering Manager for Entegris, Inc. He has sixteen years of  experience in technical support and customer interface with fluid  handling components and systems. &lt;a href="mailto:mark_caulfied@entegris.com"&gt;mark_caulfied@entegris.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Chuck Extrand&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;, Ph.D. is a Principal  Scientist and Manager of the Surface Science Research and Development  Group for Entegris, Inc. His responsibilities include materials  research, new product concepts, new processing technologies, and the  design of new test methods. &lt;a href="mailto:chuck_extrand@entegris.com"&gt;chuck_extrand@entegris.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Sung In Moon&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;, Ph.D. is a scientist of  the Surface Science Research and Development Group for Entegris, Inc.  His research area includes surface engineering, surface analysis, and  permeation resistance of polymers. &lt;a href="mailto:sungin_moon@entegris.com"&gt;sungin_moon@entegris.com&lt;/a&gt; Entegris, Inc., 3500 Lyman Boulevard, Chaska, MN 55318, USA Tel: 952-556-8619; &lt;a href="http://www.entegris.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.entegris.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-4803932086409844022?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/4803932086409844022'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/4803932086409844022'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/estimating-hydrochloric-acid-and.html' title='Estimating Hydrochloric Acid and Ammonium Hydroxide Loss'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-5925861240448502235</id><published>2011-01-24T07:38:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:38:13.749-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Basics of Ultrasonics'/><title type='text'>Basics of Ultrasonics</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Barbara Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     Ed Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;You don’t clean without energy. It takes energy  to overcome the forces binding contaminants to the substrate. In most  cleaning systems, a liquid cleaning agent is used; and energy, beyond  the innate solvency properties of the cleaning agent, is required. This  energy can come from the motion of atoms and molecules, such as from the  kinetic energy associated with high temperatures. The motion associated  with liquid spray is another source of kinetic energy widely used in  critical cleaning. Another method for providing this motion is from  sound waves in the ultrasonic frequency range.&lt;br /&gt;Ultrasonics have proven to be an effective tool for many critical  cleaning applications, ranging from initial cleaning after machining to  final assembly in controlled environments. The forces associated with  ultrasonics are very powerful; the local atoms have kinetic motions  equivalent to temperatures as hot as the surface of the sun. The  phenomenon is instantaneous and transient, so that successful cleaning  with ultrasonics can be achieved without damage to fragile surfaces.  Ultrasonics include omni-directional action. In contrast with  line-of-sight processes, this allows the cleaning energy to reach  complex surfaces, in some cases including blind holes. Both particulates  and thin films can be removed from surfaces by ultrasonic action.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HOW ULTRASONICS WORKS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Generation of sound waves in a liquid in an ultrasonic tank is analogous  to generation of sound waves in air by an audio system. A transducer  converts electrical signals to mechanical vibrations that generate  sinusoidal sound waves in the liquid. The sine wave has a positive or  compressive phase during which liquid molecules move toward one another,  and a negative or rarefaction phase during which the molecules move  away from each other. The instantaneous pressure, P, in the fluid at  time, t, can be expressed as&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="equation" height="105" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art4_eq1.jpg" width="291" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When Ps &amp;gt; Po, the pressure during the rarefaction phase is reduced  to less than the vapor pressure of the liquid. During this time of  “negative” pressure, a tear or vacuum “bubble” will form and grow.  During the subsequent compression, the bubbles suddenly collapse,  creating shock waves and microjets of fluid (Figure 1).&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; It  is these shock waves or microjets, not the transducer generated sound,  that provides the energy to dislodge unwanted soils. The creation and  collapse of vapor bubbles is called “cavitation.”&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Figure 1" height="373" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/sites/default/files/u724/0111_art4_figure1.jpg" width="211" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MORE IS NOT NECESSARILY BETTER &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The frequency and amplitude of the ultrasonic sound waves determine the  energy created by the collapsing cavitation bubbles. The energy  increases with increasing amplitude but decreases with increasing  frequency. As the frequency increases, the positive and negative phases  of the sine wave become shorter. As a result, smaller, “gentler” bubbles  are produced.&lt;br /&gt;Any force, including ultrasonic forces used in cleaning, has the  potential for both positive and negative effects. The shock waves and  jets that dislodge soil can also dislodge (erode) the underlying  surface, the substrate that is being cleaned. On a macro level,  cavitation also occurs with ship propellers creating vacuum tears in the  liquid. This causes erosion that is a major cause of ship and boat  propeller failure. Therefore a balancing act, a compromise, must be  reached—sufficient energy to dislodge the soils but not so much as to  damage the substrate. Substrates from softer metals, like aluminum and  copper, are more easily damaged. This does not mean that one can not use  ultrasonics to clean them, but rather that the process must be  appropriately controlled. In fact, it is important to consider potential  damage issues when considering any cleaning force. For example, many  critical cleaning processes use high-pressure spray in air. When  miniature components are cleaned using inline systems, longer exposure  to high-pressure spray may be recommended. Excessively high impingement  spray can damage delicate components; just as, on a macro level,  wind-driven rain can damage property.&lt;br /&gt;Commercially available ultrasonic systems have frequencies that range  from 20kHz to over 400kHz. The lower end (20kHz-40kHz) are effective  for hard metals, such as steel or titanium, and for removal of larger  particles. Higher frequency units, because the duration of negative  pressure is shorter, create cavitation with smaller bubbles and  “gentler” implosions and are less likely to damage the surface. The  higher frequencies can also be more effective at reaching small  particles. This is because, as cavitation energy decreases at high  frequency, a fluid flow effect called “acoustic streaming” dominates and  can penetrate a fluid surface boundary layer to reach the smaller  particles. At even higher frequencies, above about 500kHz, the cleaning  process, essentially entirely from acoustic streaming, is referred to as  megasonics. Acoustic streaming is unidirectional as are classic  megasonic systems; and megasonics is traditionally used in  microelectronics where surfaces are flat.&lt;br /&gt;Some ultrasonics systems feature multiple frequencies in the same tank to address both large and small particles.&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; There are many other parameters that affect the efficacy of an ultrasonic system.&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;  One of those parameters is the liquid medium in the tank. Bubble  collapse is a function of viscosity, surface tension, and temperature.  For instance, adding a surfactant to water lowers its surface tension,  and makes the creation of cavitation bubbles easier. At low  temperatures, viscosity impedes cavitation; at temperatures close to the  boiling point, a high vapor pressure causes vapor filled or “squishy”  bubbles, reducing the impact of the collapse. For water, there is an  optimal temperature at about 55°C.&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;J. Fuchs, “The Fundamental Theory and Application of Ultrasonics for  Cleaning,” Handbook for Critical Cleaning, B. Kanegsberg and E.  Kanegsberg, editors; CRC Press (2001).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;K. Gopi &amp;amp; S. Awad, “Ultrasonic Cleaning with Two Frequencies,”  Handbook for Critical Cleaning, Second Edition, B. Kanegsberg and E.  Kanegsberg, editors; CRC Press (expected 2011).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;B. Kanegsberg &amp;amp; E. Kanegsberg, “Parameters in Ultrasonic  Cleaning for Implants and other Critical Devices,” Journal of ASTM  International, April 2006, Vol. 3, No.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;4. L.D. Rosenberg, “On the Physics of Ultrasonic Cleaning,” Ultrasonic News, 4, p. 16 (1960).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Barbara Kanegsberg &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;and &lt;strong&gt;Ed Kanegsberg&lt;/strong&gt;,  Ph.D. “The Cleaning Lady” and “The Rocket Scientist,” are independent  consultants in surface quality including critical/precision cleaning,  contamination control, and validation. They are editors of “The Handbook  for Critical Cleaning,” CRC Press; an updated two-volume second edition  is scheduled for publication in the first quarter of 2011. Contact BFK  Solutions LLC, 310-459-3614; &lt;a href="mailto:info@bfksolutions.com"&gt;info@bfksolutions.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-5925861240448502235?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/5925861240448502235'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/5925861240448502235'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/basics-of-ultrasonics.html' title='Basics of Ultrasonics'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-5092803693585716505</id><published>2011-01-24T07:36:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:36:58.928-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Standing Operating Procedure: Logbooks/Sheets for Contamination Control Cleaning'/><title type='text'>Standing Operating Procedure: Logbooks/Sheets for Contamination Control Cleaning</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Geoffrey Robinson        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;Let me preface this article with an explanation  of my approach to the simplification of contamination control cleaning  SOPs (standard operating procedures) and their associated log  books/sheets.&lt;br /&gt;Developing and implementing Standing (yes, itís ìStanding,î not  ìStandard;î most SOPs differ, making them non-standard) Operating  Procedures, and forms to record the completion of a scheduled  contamination control procedure, chemicals used, and completion time,  etc. should be as ìhuman being proofî as possible.&lt;br /&gt;We are in a very serious business. Potentially, the lives, health,  and safety of thousands of people rely on our detailed, timely, and  accurate application of contamination control procedures. Having said  that, it is my hypothesis that rather than limiting or eliminating human  error, intricate and cumbersome SOPs and logs serve as amplifiers of  human error.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;SOPs&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SOP development needs to be as thorough as possible, but it should  also be logical, straight forward, and easily amended. Although SOPs are  frequently drafted and reviewed for changes and updates by the  professional staff, they are seldom initially given for review by those  actually tasked with carrying out the procedures. The old axiom ìNo plan  survives contact with the enemy,î often applies to SOP development. The  enemy here is the actual, sequential implementation of the procedure.&lt;br /&gt;Having the freedom to develop and implement your own SOPs can be a  double edged sword of which ìadherenceî is the sharper sideóyou wrote  it, you better adhere to it. Remember, your SOP is the blueprint for  appropriate, applicable, and accurate procedural performance, and should  not be a straight jacket. Unless you are fond of writing, being overly  detailed in procedural construction can be a pitfall. Detailed  descriptions such as 9î x 9î wipes, 14î sponge mops, 36î x 36î tacky  mats, and similar items can put you in a pickle if your supplies run out  and your vendorís delivery truck is snowed in. More flexible terms  should be employed such as, ìindustry or organizationally approvedî  clean room wipes, mops, and tacky mats. Wording it in this manner  provides your SOP with some operational breathing room. However, this  simplification should not be applied to cleaning chemicals or their  concentration or areas for use. Chemical information should be detailed.&lt;br /&gt;Specifying exact times for contamination control cleaning can also  have serious drawbacks. If the production, manufacturing, and research  team works overtime or late, blocking the scheduled cleaning time, you  have violated your own SOP by not having the cleaning done at the  appointed time. The options here are: 1) stop production/manufacturing/  research so you can clean, resulting in losing time and money; 2) hope  someone in authority is on site to write a deviation to avoid violating  your SOP. These problems can be avoided by changing the verbiage to  allow flexibility. Rather than a specific time, use words like: daily;  weekly; monthly; changeover; and special cleaning, etc.&lt;br /&gt;However, this approach does not eliminate the possibility of errors  when the contamination control crew starts their work, as many do, at  11:00pm (2300hrs). The problem starts when a scheduled cleaning is for  the calendar date the crew starts, but doesnít get performed, for  whatever reason, until after midnight, the next calendar date; back to  drafting deviations. Back-dating the cleaning to correct this problem is  a data error entry and a serious violation of your SOP.&lt;br /&gt;To remedy this, consider this scenario. On arrival at the site, the  contamination control crew has to check their assignments, prepare fresh  chemicals, gather equipment, and gown up before any cleaning gets  started. Under the best of circumstances, that adds up to twenty or  thirty minutes of prep time. If you have scheduled a large room needing a  monthly cleaning for the calendar date the crew signs-in on, youíve  created your own problem. Eleven to seven schedules work well in  hospitals, but can present problems in clean room environments.  Calculate the prep time and then schedule the staff earlier or later as  needed.&lt;br /&gt;Frequently additions, deletions, or changes are made to product lines  and processes necessitating SOP changes. Just how difficult you want  the change process to be is up to you. Developing a change/update  approval list for each SOP and publishing that list will help facilitate  the change process. The importance of knowing exactly who is impacted  by the change, and needs to be involved in the process cannot be  overstated. But also knowing who does not need to be involved is  important to simplifying the change process. Example: you are not  changing the type, concentration, or usage quantity of your chemical so  why elongate your change approval process by routing the change through  purchasing? Also, there should be considerable staff review and input  when developing these change lists. Donít forget to involve a  representative of the contamination control cleaning team.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="218" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1004/lstab1.jpg" width="434" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;Developing Log Book/Sheets&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Keep in mind that every manual entry (for example 01/02/04 = 8  possible entry errors) could become a write-over because of a faulty  pen, illegibility, or around January, for example, entering an incorrect  year. Remember the human factor when developing your logs. Log  book/sheet development should be based on accuracy, applicability, and  simplicity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Here are some tips in designing log books:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Restrict entries to that data your procedures dictate you MUST capture.&lt;br /&gt;2. Make data entry blocks large enough for ìIn Boxî corrections. This  eliminates most of that annoying group of footnote error explanations  at the bottom of the sheet. Beware: these error explanations can also  generate errors.&lt;br /&gt;3. Eliminate ìcommentî lines on your sheets. A frequent error here is  staffers writing ìNone,î which is an entry error. If there are no  comments then the line is not used, necessitating a line through,  initials, and date. Your in-box error corrections should be comment  enough.&lt;br /&gt;4. Institute an ìauthorized signature &amp;amp; initialsî page as the  front page of your logs. This will match people to their initials and  also aids in identifying unauthorized sign-offs on procedures and  corrections.&lt;br /&gt;5. Supervisor/Inspector initials on logs sheet can be highly  misunderstood. Do the initials mean the super visor/inspector was  physically present during the procedure or chemical preparation and is  verifying its correct completion or preparation, or does it mean they  were not present and are only verifying the data line log entry was done  correctly? Unless your company is small enough, or have enough  supervisors/inspectors to view every procedure or chemical preparation,  stipulate that all supervisor initial entries are for verifying data  entry correctness.&lt;br /&gt;6. Simplify as many entries as possible. Example: If you rotate  Chemical A, Chemical B, and Chemical C, pre-populate the data block with  a CA, CB and CC so staffers only have to circle the correct chemical  applied that day. Likewise, daily, weekly, monthly, changeover or  special cleanings can be reduced to a D, W, M, C, S circle entries. Also  drains, sinks, wall, ceiling and floors and equipment can be  abbreviated. If youíve completed a triple wash down of an area, or a  special cleaning, you can circle as many items as applicable.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="" height="194" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1004/lstab2.jpg" width="434" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;See Tables 1 and 2 for ìLimitless Errorî and ìReduced Errorî samples. &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Having passed this article through technical, and process oriented  staff in my own organization for comment, concurrence, and criticism, I  am acutely aware of the ìwhat ifs,î ìsuppose it,î and the ìbut thenî  arguments this article will invoke. Those arguments are the reason we  are authorized the deviation alternative. It is not my intent to violate  any industry guidance on the development of SOPs, or log books/sheets.  It is my intent to convince you that there is no industry guidance that  mandates you make your processes and logs so intricate and difficult to  complete, that you become your own worst enemy.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-5092803693585716505?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/5092803693585716505'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/5092803693585716505'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/standing-operating-procedure.html' title='Standing Operating Procedure: Logbooks/Sheets for Contamination Control Cleaning'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-7732176842718403030</id><published>2011-01-24T07:36:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-24T07:36:18.271-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Cleanroom Fire Prevention'/><title type='text'>Cleanroom Fire Prevention</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Vincent Degiorgio        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;A Material Difference &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As computer chips get smaller and faster, the manufacturing process  required to create them gets more complex. Even the slightest delay in  production can mean millions of dollars in lost revenue. To offset the  potential for contamination, chips are manufactured in the highly  filtered environment of a cleanroom.&lt;br /&gt;However, because computer chips are so susceptible even to the  tiniest speck of dust, cleanrooms, historically, have been difficult  areas to protect from fires. Contamination from a fire, no matter how  small, could potentially puta chip maker out of business for weeks—if  not permanently.&lt;br /&gt;In 1997, FM Approvals, a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory,  introducedthe Cleanroom Materials Flammability Test Protocol (Class  4910) [1].&lt;br /&gt;In the past, cleanrooms and wet benches (plastic or stainless steel  workstations upon which computer chips are manufactured) often needed to  be protected by sprinklers or more expensive special fire-protection  systems like carbon dioxide, fine-waterspray, or halon. By the time a  cleanroom fire propagated and triggered a sprinkler or special fire  protection system, millions of dollars in property damage could already  have occurred in the rest of the cleanroom. With FM4910, wet-bench  manufacturers and users can now develop plastic materials and equipment  capable of resisting fire and emitting little, if any,smoke.&lt;br /&gt;Due to such factors as potential lost earnings, chip makers are  requiring suppliers to use materials in wet-bench fabrication that are  less flammable. This should reduce the need for additional—and  costly—fire protection systems because the materials will be inherently  safe when they arrive in the cleanroom. Consequently, interest in  cleanroom plastics with low fire risk has soared among semiconductor  manufacturers and tool providers since the turn of the millennium.  During that time, an increasing amount of tools constructed of FM4910  fire-safe materials have been installed in semiconductor cleanrooms and  the frequency of devastating cleanroom fires has plummeted by  approximately75 percent.&lt;br /&gt;FM4910 measures two crucial fire-related elements of a product or material:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;The Fire Propagation Index (FPI), an indicator of the tendency of a material to ignite and propagate fire, and &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;The Smoke Development Index (SDI), an indicator of the amount of smoke generated. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;For material to be considered fire-safe under FM4910, its FPI must be  equal to or less than 6 and its SDI equal to or less than 0.4. Today,  scores of FM4910-listed materials and products made with such materials  are available from nearly two dozen manufacturers. This ever-expanding  list has led semiconductor tool vendors to build the majority of  products (e.g., wet benches) out of FM4910 materials. In fact, for some  tool vendors, FM4910-material-constructed tools have become their  standard. Tools made with less expensive (but highly combustible)  polypropylene or polyvinyl chloride are, in many cases, now available  only by special order. While FM4910 materials are prevalent in  semiconductor cleanrooms, they can easily be applied in other industries  that utilize cleanrooms (pharmaceutical, biotech, food processing,  etc.). FM4910 fire-safe materials are helping preventcleanroom fires.  But they can’t do it alone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Codes and Standards&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The following codes and standards have significantly improved cleanroom fireprevention:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 318 “Standard for the Protection of Semiconductor Fabrication Facilities”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;Semiconductor  Equipment Materials International (SEMI) S2 “Environmental, Health, and  Safety Guideline for Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;SEMI S14 “Safety Guidelines for Fire Risk Assessment and Mitigation for Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 7-7 “Semiconductor Fabrication Facilities”&lt;br /&gt;Each of these documents recommends the use of fire-safe construction  materials for cleanroom applications. In cases where such materials are  not used, fixed fire detection and suppression units are the  recommended alternative. If neither measure is taken, the results can be  catastrophic. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;Proper Con-Duct &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;During the past ten years, a handful of semiconductor companies have  suffered crippling fires in a frighteningly similar manner. A fire would  start in a process tool, such as a wet bench, and then be drawn into  the fume exhaust system. The fume exhaust system was typically made of  combustible material and devoid of internal automatic sprinkler  protection. As a result, the fire would spread rapidly throughout the  ductwork system all the way to the scrubbers. In new fume exhaust  ductwork installations, the preferred material is one which meets FM  Approval Standard for Fume Exhaust Ducts or Fume and Smoke Exhaust Ducts  (Class 4922) [1]. Even when subjected to a severe fire, FM4922-Approved  ductwork will not collapse, will not propagate fire, and will release  only minimal amounts of smoke. Increasingly, new and retrofitted  cleanrooms are installing FM4922-Approved ductwork. However, a  considerable amount of combustible ductwork with no automatic sprinkler  protection remains in many facilities. Installing either FM4922 products  or proper sprinkler protection in these cleanrooms is highly  recommended. Replacing combustible ductwork with FM4922-Approved  ductwork in existing operating semiconductor cleanrooms is not as  daunting a challenge as it may appear. In fact, a major semiconductor  manufacturer is successfully conducting such a replacement right now. To  that company, the benefits substantially outweigh the potentially  astronomical costs ofnot having the proper protection. And more help is  on the horizon.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Where We’re Headed&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At least one significant cleanroom fire hazard still needs to be addressed:containers used to store in-process wafers.&lt;br /&gt;Wafer carriers or pods (200mm wafers) and front opening unified pods,  or FOUPs (300mm wafers), are currently made of highly combustible  materials like polycarbonate and polypropylene. These pods or FOUPs are  typically placed inside vertical storage systems known as stockers. Fire  loves few things more than highly combustible materials placed in a  vertical array.&lt;br /&gt;In December 2002, FM Approvals issued the Approval Standard for Wafer  Carriers for use in Cleanrooms (Class 4911) [1]. This standard provides  testing criteria similar to FM4910 in order for a fire-safe wafer  carrier to earn FM Approval. An FM4911-Approved wafer carrier is  expected to be brought to market sometime this year.&lt;br /&gt;In 2005, FM Approvals expects to issue an evaluation standard for  Tools Used in the Semiconductor Industry (Class 7701). This new product  test standard will address design and construction features of  semiconductor production equipment including:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;Fire&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;Chemical &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;Materials&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;Electrical &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;Ventilation&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;span style="font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: x-small;"&gt;Control and/or safety interlocks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Currently, before new tools are installed, they often require on-site  evaluation (either at the manufacturer or client’s facility) by a  semiconductor manufacturing specialist on a case-by-case basis. Due to  the complexity and diversity of semiconductor manufacturing equipment,  this can be a time-consuming,potentially costly endeavor.&lt;br /&gt;When a tool is evaluated under FM7701, it will only require a spot  check after installation, saving tool vendors and semiconductor  manufacturing companies significant amounts of time and money. Having  fire-safe semiconductor equipment is critical in the event of a fire.  Consider the fire damage consequences citedat the outset of this  article.&lt;br /&gt;While great progress has been made recently in cleanroom fire  prevention, there’s still work to be done. We may not be there yet, but  our destination is clearlyin sight.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;[1] Note: for more on FM4910 (including an up-to-date listing of  manufacturersand materials), FM4922, and FM4911, visit  www.fmglobal.com/approvals.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;i&gt;Vincent DeGiorgio &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;i&gt;is Industry Leader for  Semiconductor &amp;amp; High Technology at FM Global, Inc., 1301 Atwood  Avenue, P.O. Box 7500, Johnston, RI 02919.He can be reached at  401-275-3000 x 1994, or &lt;a href="mailto:vincent.degiorgio@fmglobal.com"&gt;vincent.degiorgio@fmglobal.com&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-7732176842718403030?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/7732176842718403030'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/7732176842718403030'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/cleanroom-fire-prevention.html' title='Cleanroom Fire Prevention'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-2208867665086069203</id><published>2011-01-16T01:57:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:57:22.070-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Toxicological Risk Assessment for Medical Devices - What Is It?'/><title type='text'>Toxicological Risk Assessment for Medical Devices - What Is It?</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Barbara Kanegsberg         &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     Dr.  David Albert        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Ed  Kanegsberg        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;WHAT IS THE SIGNIFICANCE&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;of a residue or a  mixture of residues on an implantable biomedical device? If I perform  chemical characterization of materials, do I need risk assessment? With  similar processes, historical performance data of the device can provide  a level of assurance. However, with new products and new processes,  there is the need for a better understanding not only of the identity of  the residue but of the significance of the residue. One of the greatest  challenges in chemical characterization is performing adequate  assessment of biological or toxicological risks from extractables or  chemical residuals that can compromise patient safety. ISO-10993-17 has  clearly articulated to the medical device community why and how risk  assessments are a part of material biocompatibility [1]. But what is not  clear is when and if they are absolutely required.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;A Decision-Making Tool &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Risk assessment is not new, but has only recently been promulgated by  international standards and government agencies as a necessary part of  chemical characterization and biocompatibility studies. It is really a  tool for decision making that has evolved with time. Toxicological risk  assessments have a long history with strong ties to the U.S. FDA, EPA,  and OSHA. Risk Assessment is important and absolutely necessary to  understand the ultimate biological or toxicological human response to  materials and chemical processes. It becomes clear that to understand or  predict human response to chemicals or materials, there must be close  collaboration between the analytical chemist and the toxicological risk  assessor.&lt;br /&gt;Risk assessment is a scientific attempt to identify and estimate the  true risks, and is the result of considerations of four primary steps.  (1) Hazard Identification: identification of adverse health effects  associated with exposure to a specific chemical; (2) Hazard  Characterization: determination of the quantitative potency of any  adverse effect of a chemical; (3) Exposure Assessment: measurement or  prediction of the intake a chemical in terms of magnitude, duration, and  frequency of exposure; (4) Risk Characterization: the integration of  hazard identification, hazard characterization, and exposure assessment  to determine the probability of occurrence and severity of risk to human  health from the chemical(s).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Protocols for Complex Data &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Those who are accustomed to a standard calling out of a specific  procedure to identify or quantify a specific analyte may find themselves  in unfamiliar territory with ISO 10993-17. Because toxicological data  inherently consists of a wealth of complex variables and because the  data and supporting studies for a given substance may vary in quantity  and quality, a one-size-fits-all standard is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;Instead, ISO 10993-17 is an ambitious, much needed step to define and  document consistent protocols for evaluation of the risk factors for  specific leachable substances.&lt;br /&gt;This standard provides a systematic method for assessing complex  studies. For example, the modifying factor is derived as the product of  various component uncertainty factors. One example of a commonly used  uncertainty factor is the factor used in extrapolating the effects of  animal studies to humans. If only limited long-term exposure studies  were available, a higher uncertainty factor leading to a lower  acceptable exposure in the human population would be employed. It is  noted in the standard that when this factor is combined with other  uncertainty factors, modifying factors may be expected to differ by two  orders of magnitude. Uncertainty factors and ultimately, the modifying  factors, are derived on a case-by-case basis and are highly dependant on  the quality of the toxicological database.&lt;br /&gt;A dose or concentration of a chemical substance that does not produce  any adverse effect [(i.e., “No-Observed-Adverse-Effect-Level” (NOAEL)]  is identified, usually from toxicological studies involving animals, but  sometimes from epidemiological studies of human populations. A  modifying factor is applied to the NOAEL to derive a Tolerable Daily  Intake (TDI), the intake or concentration which is believed that a  person can be exposed to daily over a lifetime without deleterious  effect.&lt;br /&gt;Higher levels of cleaning, contamination control, and contaminant  identification are inherent to the standard. Where only limited  toxicological and long-term usage data are available, the modifying  factor may be increased by an additional order of magnitude or more.  Worker safety and regulatory constraints on cleaning agents and  processing agents with known environmental risks as well as outsourcing  of manufacturing processes tend to result in a multiplicity of process  chemicals. Many of these are complex mixtures, often with poorly-defined  toxicological profiles. Cleaning and contamination control processes  will become increasingly important because moving from a chemical with  well-established risks to a chemical we know less about can make it  difficult to define the risk; so a higher risk will be assigned.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Mixtures &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Risk assessment of mixtures remains a thorny problem. It is now  recognized that significant data gaps exist in the area of mixtures  toxicology, and these can preclude accurate risk assessments [2]. Most  analytical chemists are acutely aware that leachable residue is likely  to be a blend. The assumption is made that compounds with similar  metabolic pathways or even with similar structures will have an additive  effective. Sometimes, a small change in chemical structure produces  sharply different toxicological effects. In addition, there is the  possibility that mixtures will have a synergistic effect (i.e. far  greater than additive, so that the risk to humans is magnified). Or the  effect could be antagonistic, where the various residues cancel each  other out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusions &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To be effective, the risk assessment must be well organized, documented,  and evidence based for use in support of decision making with respect  to product or material safety. The goal is a process that ultimately  protects public health and safety of medical devices. If following risk  assessment, the conclusion is that there is still an important inherent  risk which cannot be reduced, then risk communication and risk  management techniques can be used to inform and protect. Decisions on  whether to proceed using the material(s) involve a mixture of economic,  societal and political factors. Risk assessment is absolutely necessary  and must become an integral part of any chemical or material  characterization process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References: &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1 ISO 10993-17, Biological evaluation of medical devices – Part 17:  Establishment of allowable limits for leachable substances.&lt;br /&gt;2 J.V. Bruckner, D.A. Warren. “Toxic Effects of Solvents and Vapors,”  in Casarett &amp;amp; Doull’s, Toxicology, the Basic Science of Poisons,  6th Edition, C.D. Klaassen, editor, (2001) p.871.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;i&gt;Barbara Kanegsberg and Ed Kanegsberg&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;i&gt; are  independent consultants in critical and precision cleaning, surface  preparation, and contamination control. They are the editors of  “Handbook for Critical Cleaning,” CRC Press.Contact them at BFK  Solutions LLC., 310-459-3614; &lt;a href="mailto:info@bfksolutions.com"&gt;info@bfksolutions.com&lt;/a&gt;;  &lt;a href="http://www.bfksolutions.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.bfksolutions.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;i&gt;Dr. David Albert&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;i&gt; has over 25 years of  medical device related experience. David has been at NAMSA for 10 years  serving as a Corporate Staff Chemist, Manager of the Chemistry  Department and most recently as a Senior Scientist. Prior to joining  NAMSA, he served as a Senior Scientist at Anatrace, Inc. where he  supervised research and development projects involving new and existing  medical devices. His primary expertise is in the areas of pharmacology  and biochemistry. He can be reached at &lt;a href="mailto:dalbert@namsa.com"&gt;dalbert@namsa.com&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/i&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-2208867665086069203?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2208867665086069203'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2208867665086069203'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/toxicological-risk-assessment-for.html' title='Toxicological Risk Assessment for Medical Devices - What Is It?'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-8077701044923369026</id><published>2011-01-16T01:56:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:56:11.393-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Speeding Up the Patent Process'/><title type='text'>Speeding Up the Patent Process</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     John B. Durkee,  Ph.D., P.E.        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;IF YOU'RE IN "BIG PHARMA," doing biomedical  research in a company or a university, or are a patent attorney, there  is an ongoing debate about which you're knowledgeable and probably  involved. The issues are far more significant than the one of usual  concern — how to speed up the patent process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Beware the Troll &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A "patent troll" is an "accident lawyer" or "ambulance chaser" who  practices in the area of patent law. These are lawyers and investors who  buy cheaply or assume control over paper patents, mistakenly granted  largely to failed companies. Intel's chief patent counsel has stated  that a "patent troll" purchased a patent for about $50,000 which  infringed all of Intel's microprocessors from the Pentium II onwards,  and that they were seeking $7 billion in damages.&lt;br /&gt;Is this "good" because it is an example of initiative and free  enterprise? Or is it "bad" because it limits the reward which drives the  development process?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Got the Flu? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Roche, a Swiss firm, owns the patents for manufacture of the medication  called TAMIFLU (oseltamivir phosphate) which can be used within 48 hours  from the onset of Avian flu (H5N1) symptoms. The core problem is that  the number ofglobal citizens greatly exceeds the capacity of Roche to  produce the medication.&lt;br /&gt;Some countries are considering an approach based on "eminent domain"  where they use information in Roche's published patents to enable firms  in their country to produce the medication for their citizens without  permission of Roche.&lt;br /&gt;Is ‘breaking the patents’ "good" because it shows how governments can  protect their citizens in a time when crisis is perceived? Or is it  "bad" because it is simple theft of property (intellectual property)?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Congress Weighs In &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Congressman Dennis Kucinich has a proposal to eliminate drug patents. He  would direct about $25 billion in taxpayer money (about what "Big  Pharma" claims to spend on research) to government-backed research  organizations — socializeddrug research.&lt;br /&gt;Incidentally, the same argument has been made about exploration for  oil and production of gasoline after Exxon and other firms posted  "monster quarters" with record earnings in the fall of 2005.&lt;br /&gt;Is this "good" public policy or arrogant confiscation?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Who Decides? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where should funds for research, today, generally produced by profits  from previous work, be spent?&lt;br /&gt;One might think, from patent actions, that drug research should be  done to aid bald male persons who are impotent and overweight rather  than seeking (as does Bill Gates' foundation) treatments for malaria or  AIDS in countries with poor economies.&lt;br /&gt;If Congressman Kucinich's proposal became law in the U.S., would the  direction of nearly all medical and pharmaceutical research be  established by the beliefs of the political party currently in power? Is  that "good?"&lt;br /&gt;Or is that “bad?” Congress currently allocates hundreds of billions  of dollars of resources. U.S. citizens accept and enable that outcome,  so it must be "good." Right?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Who Knows What? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Patent attorneys don't have perfect or complete knowledge of the art  they rule. Who does? Those involved in the art submit their knowledge in  briefs attached to current patent applications. The USPTO maintains a  web site where the application, drawings, and knowledge submitted by  supposedly knowledgeable persons are collected (http:  //www.priorart.uspto.gov). The process is called a Wiki ("what I know  is"). It's no relation to the Hawaiian Wikiwhich means "quick," "fast,"  or "to hasten."&lt;br /&gt;Who judges the validity of this information, which may have been  submitted by a competitor? Is such a submission a "good" or a "bad"  action?&lt;br /&gt;If you're not participating or lobbying in this debate, your firm may  be blind-sided. Good blogs and web sites on this topic are &lt;a href="http://promotetheprogress.com/" target="_blank"&gt;http://promotetheprogress.com/&lt;/a&gt;,  &lt;a href="http://www.cemag.us/article/%20//weatherall.blogspot.com" target="_blank"&gt;http:  //weatherall.blogspot.com/&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="http://patentlaw.typepad.%20com/patent" target="_blank"&gt;http://patentlaw.typepad.  com/patent&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;John Durkee is an independent consultant specializing in critical  cleaning for contamination control. Author of the forthcoming book  Management of Industrial Cleaning Technology and Processes, to be  published in 2006 by Elsevier (ISBN 0-0804-48887). Contact him at PO Box  847, Hunt, TX 78024 or 122 Ridge Rd. West,Hunt, TX 78024; 979-417-7707;  Fax 612-677-3170; or &lt;a href="mailto:jdurkee@precisioncleaning.com"&gt;jdurkee@precisioncleaning.com&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-8077701044923369026?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/8077701044923369026'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/8077701044923369026'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/speeding-up-patent-process.html' title='Speeding Up the Patent Process'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-3453199207687613718</id><published>2011-01-16T01:54:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:54:24.243-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Developing a Cleanroom Disaster Prevention Plan'/><title type='text'>Developing a Cleanroom Disaster Prevention Plan</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Jan  Eudy        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;How does one prepare, respond, and recover a  cleanroom operation from a natural disaster?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Question: I am a production supervisor working in an ISO Class 7  cleanroom in Florida. Our cleanroom has not been affected by the  hurricanes in Florida in the past but I have been assigned to write a  disaster plan for the clean-room. How does one prepare, respond, and  recover a cleanroom operation from a natural disaster?&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is wise to develop a disaster prevention plan and a disaster  recovery plan now, when you don’t need it, in order to reduce the  financial impact and ensure a quick recovery, should a disaster occur. I  assume you are a member of a cross-functional team that is developing a  comprehensive disaster plan for the entire facility and you have been  given the responsibility and authority for the clean-room. I will focus  only on the prevention, response, and recovery as it pertains to the  cleanroom operations. However, to be successful, the plan for the  cleanroom operations should be incorporated into the overall masterplan.&lt;br /&gt;The source of the disaster can be from nature (i.e. tornado,  hurricane, earthquake, flood, etc.) or man-made (i.e. power outage,  terrorist attack, uncontrolled wildfires, etc.). A disaster plan should  be a documented, comprehensive planthat addresses three key areas:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;-Prevention of the disaster&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;-Response to the disaster&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;-Recovery from the disaster&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;Prevention of the Disaster&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The focus of this section of the plan should be on the importance of  being prepared to continue operations in any unplanned event for the  welfare of the customer and the employees. One can use routine quality  system audits to spot a crisis waiting to happen. Performance of a  failure mode analysis and evaluation will produce a plan to keep the  impending crisis from happening. A crisis management team can implement  and execute procedures and policies designed to continue operations in  the event of a disaster. If not already in place, your facility should  install security systems, back-up generators, fire protection systems,  and contract for data back-up and document storage off-site. Additional  planning should include both internal redundancy of equipment and  back-up facilities within your company that follow the samepolicies and  procedures in the case of a severe disaster.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Response to the Disaster&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your facility should already have developed an emergency response group  and plan in the event of a fire and perform routine fire drills. From  this groupyou can build a strong cohesive disaster response team to  train all employees how to respond to a disaster, such as a procedure  for evacuating the cleanroom in the event the disaster occurs while the  facility is in operation, and how to preserve the product. Additional  information should be given to eachemployee such as:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;-Contact information of key people&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;-Contact information of media disseminating information regarding  status of the facility&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;-Contact number (preferably an 800 number) for employees to call for  assurance that they are needed at work and will be safe&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;Recovery from the Disaster&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your approach to recovery depends upon the nature of the disaster and  the extent of the damage. Therefore the disaster  prevention/response/recovery plan should address all types of potential  events that could stop production. The recovery plan for the cleanroom  should tie into each scenario. In order to write the disaster recovery  plan for the cleanroom, one must know every detail of the operation of  the cleanroom just as one must know every detail of the business for  writing the master plan. This information is usually found in the  validation documentation (Installation Qualification, Operation  Qualification, Performance Qualification) performed initially on the  cleanroom and subsequent routine (daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly,  semi-annual, and annual) quality testing. The personnel and process flow  charts, procedures, and controlled documents are good references for  information. The most recent certification of the cleanroom can provide  the basis for the recovery plan framework. The parameters and  specifications from this documentation are used to determine when full  recovery has been achieved. The Institute of Environmental Science and  Technology recommended practice, IEST-RP-CC006.3, Testing cleanrooms, is  a good resource for information to aid in writing a recovery plan for  your cleanroom. Other recovery plan documentation and testing  requirements are being developed in IEST working Group 41, Recovery Plan  Following Disaster Disruption. This working group, chaired by Mike  Dingle is meeting at the IEST Fall Conference, November 5 – 8, 2006. The  working group discusses and documents thebest practices from a variety  of different disciplines and companies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Jan Eudy is Corporate Q.A. Manager for Cintas Cleanroom Resources.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-3453199207687613718?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3453199207687613718'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3453199207687613718'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/developing-cleanroom-disaster.html' title='Developing a Cleanroom Disaster Prevention Plan'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-9093869388933588397</id><published>2011-01-16T01:53:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:53:39.567-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Fire-Resistant Foams For Pharmaceutical And Semiconductor Cleanrooms'/><title type='text'>Fire-Resistant Foams For Pharmaceutical And Semiconductor Cleanrooms</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Ron  Partridge        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;Fluoropolymer foams are high performance  closed-cell foams based on polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) that bring new  materials solutions to the life sciences and semi-conductor industries.  Both industries require the use of ultra-high purity materials with low  smoke generation and outstanding flame and chemical resistance. For  many years, fluoropolymers, such as PVDF and its copolymers, have been  successfully used for fluid handling and packaging systems. The  introduction of new fluoropolymer foams fills a gap by adding flame  retardant and chemically resistant insulation materials.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="321" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/0107/art2figreallyfirst.jpg" width="300" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Molded fluoropolymer foams&lt;/b&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;b&gt;1&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;LIFE SCIENCES&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today’s pharmaceutical industry uses the latest technologies to develop  and manufacture medicines that dramatically improve the quality of life  and increase life expectancy. The cost to develop, produce, pass FDA  approvals and deliver these drugs to consumers can be as much as $800  million per new medicine. The financial impact is very large if  production of these medicines is slowed or shut down due to fire or  smoke damage. Even the slightest delay in production can result in  significant losses.&lt;br /&gt;New, sophisticated medicines are made using advanced manufacturing  technologies and materials. High technology, “clean-room” environments  often contain polymeric sheet and polymeric foam for insulation. These  are used to create lightweight structures, partitions, chemical wet  benches, and pipe and ducting insulation. These environments may also  include wiring, flexible non-metallic conduit for fiber optic cables, as  well as process control and automation wiring.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="203" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/0107/art2figfirst.jpg" width="204" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Foam sheet and tubes 1&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;SEMICONDUCTORS&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The semiconductor manufacturing environments require the use of  materials with excellent chemical resistance, purity, and low smoke  generation in the event of a fire. PVDF polymers are commonly used  because of their high purity and low smoke generation, and are widely  used by the semiconductor industry to supply high-purity water to chip  manufacturing operations. They are also used in the fabrication of wet  benches. Since most chemicals do not alter PVDF, it has been adopted by  the chemical process and pulp and paper industries for vessel lining and  piping systems. PVDF is also characterized by its strength, toughness,  and long-term resistance to both UV and gamma radiation.&lt;br /&gt;In addition, PVDF is used to insulate data communications, fiber  optic, fire alarm, and control cables because it will not easily  propagate a fire and produces minimal smoke when burned. The excellent  fire performance properties of PVDF allow for the installation of wire  and cable products in building air-handling spaces without the need for  metal conduits.&lt;br /&gt;In order to limit the risk due to fire and smoke, Factory Mutual  (FM), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), ASTM, and other testing agencies  have developed fire-testing methods to characterize the fire performance  of materials. It is generally recognized by these agencies that the  best testing methods are full-scale tests or scaled-down versions that  take into account where and how the product will be used. These test  methods often use solid sheets, mounted horizontally or vertically,  which are then exposed to a heat source and/or direct flame. These test  methods are also used for testing polymeric foams, wire, and cable, and  characterize performance by measuring flame spread and smoke generation  as the polymer burns. In the case of wire and cable products, the cables  are laid side by side in a closed chamber called a Steiner Tunnel (ASTM  E84/NFPA 262/NFPA255) and fire performance is again characterized by  flame spread and smoke generation. There are a number of nationally  recognized testing laboratories that can performthese tests.&lt;br /&gt;Many polymeric materials will readily burn and produce large amounts  of smoke, as well as contribute significant fuel load, should a fire  occur. However, fluoropolymers, especially PVDF, prevent and minimize  fire hazards. PVDF is a pure polymer and is inherently flame retardant  without additives. PVDF is characterized by:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;High auto-ignition temperature&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Low caloric value&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Self extinguishes when a direct flame is removed&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Minimal fire propagation and minimal smoke generation&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Resistance to most chemicals, including typical sterilization  methods&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;High purity&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;UV and gamma radiation resistant&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Toughness and cut-through resistance&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="321" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/0107/art2table1.gif" width="300" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="221" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/0107/art2table2.gif" width="359" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="201" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/0107/art2table3.gif" width="361" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;PVDF closed-cell foams can be obtained in continuous sheets and in a  variety of thicknesses. The foams can be easily thermoformed, cut, and  machined to produce complex shapes. PVDF foams can also be laminated to  other sheet materials, such as PVDF sheets, to produce lightweight  panels, partitions, and enclosures.&lt;br /&gt;These PVDF foams are extremely flexible, can be ther-moformed into  complex shapes, or transformed into tubes. The thickness, density, and  flexibility of the finished foam can be controlled to suit a specific  application. Densities as low as 30 kg/m3(0.03 g/cm3) have been  obtained, representing a 60-fold reduction in specific weight. They can  be used in cleanroom areas where good thermal insulating properties and  high levels of flame retardance with low smoke generation are required.  Recent FM 4910 exploratory testing has resulted in a Fire Propagation  Index (FPI) of 3.0 and a Smoke Development Index (SDI) of 0.1. These  preliminary results indicate that PVDF foams are capable of meeting the  stringent requirements for cleanroom materials. Complete FM 4910  listings will be completed in the near future.&lt;br /&gt;Specific PVDF resins and resultant closed-cell PVDF foams have been  tested and passed the following fire performance standards. Fire testing  and fire science is a very complicated area, and the results of fire  performance testing can vary widely due to the test method used.  However, the following standards (Table 1) are recognized as being the  most stringent and best replicate of real-world, full-scale fire  scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;PVDF CLOSED-CELL FOAMS TEST RESULTS&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Factory Mutual FM 4910 &lt;br /&gt;Exploratory FM 4910 testing has been completed and the results are shown  inTable 2.&lt;br /&gt;ASTM E84/UL 723&lt;br /&gt;Surface burning characteristics of certain foam grades have been  tested accordingto method ANSI/UL 723 (ASTM E 84 -01) used for the  classification of buildingmaterials. ASTM E 84 test results are reported  as Flame Spread Index (FSI) andSmoke Development Index (SDI) (Table 3).  Results less than 25/50, respectively,indicate that the material has  very limited combustibility and offers the highestlevel of fire  performance other than a non-combustible (non-organic) material.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="268" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/0107/art2figlast.jpg" width="250" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;In order to pass these higher smoke release requirements, specific  grades of LS foams with “LS” signifying low smoke have been developed.  An SDI less than 50 is very difficult to achieve for a foamed polymeric  material in the ASTM E 84/UL 723 test. These LS foams are useful for the  insulation of air conditioning ducts, steam pipes, and other process  components. In addition, the thermal conductivity of foams is very low  which makes them ideally suitedfor insulating applications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;SUMMARY&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By selecting materials used in controlled environments with the best  fire performance characteristics, risks to life, property, and revenue  can be dramatically reduced. Reduction in risk should also translate  into reduced insurances rates. Closed-cell foams offer excellent fire-,  chemical, and temperature-resistance characteristics and can be  manufactured to produce solid sheets, insulation foams, complex shapes,  and wiring insulation. PVDF closed-cell foams provide new options for  engineers designing cleanrooms for the semiconductor and life sciences  industries. Their excellent fire resistance characteristicsand low smoke  generation should soon result in the listing of these productsas FM  4910-approved materials.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;See MSDS for Health &amp;amp; Safety Considerations. Kynar® PVDF is a  registered trademark of Arkema Inc. ZOTEK®F is a registered trademark of  ZotefoamsPLC in the UK.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Reference&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. &lt;a href="http://www.zotefoams.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.zotefoams.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Ron Partridge is a Business Development Engineer in the Technical  Polymers group at Arkema.Ron is responsible for Kynar® PVDF,  foams,rotomolding,rotolin-ing,and wire and cable business development.He  has roughly 20 years experience in the polymer industry in  sales,busi-ness development,technical service and R&amp;amp;D.He has worked  for Arkema for the last three years.He received his BS degree in  Chemistry and Materials Science from The State University of New York in  1984.Hecan be reached at 215-419-7874;e-mail: &lt;a href="mailto:ron.partridge@arkemagroup.com"&gt;ron.partridge@arkemagroup.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Arkema is involved in vinyl products, industrial chemicals, and  performance products. &lt;/i&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-9093869388933588397?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/9093869388933588397'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/9093869388933588397'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/fire-resistant-foams-for-pharmaceutical.html' title='Fire-Resistant Foams For Pharmaceutical And Semiconductor Cleanrooms'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-3654851325657749858</id><published>2011-01-16T01:50:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:50:51.068-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Human Factors Engineering Applied to Controlled Environments'/><title type='text'>Human Factors Engineering Applied to Controlled Environments</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Edmond Israelski,  Ph.D.        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;Human Factors Engineering (HFE) is a discipline  originating in World War II that includes in the design process data  about human capabilities and limitations, as well as methods from the  behavioral sciences to make products and processes,safe, effective,  efficient, and usable.&lt;br /&gt;The flow chart summarizes the systematic and scientific methods to  design products or processes, such as controlled environments. At the  core, HFE is a user-centered design, where, from the beginning of  design, users are included. The HFE process starts with a very thorough  understanding of the context of use, that is, the task flows, the user  profiles, and the use environment. The process proceeds to  quantification of risk and usability to iterative design using  prototypes and simulations. Designs are then evaluated for usability  using analytical techniques such as expert reviews and cognitive  walk-throughs, followed by quantitative task-based usability testing.  Usability testing is done one-on-one, where user performance is observed  and recorded as they perform essential and critical tasks. Usability  testing is done early as the design is iterated and then at the end to  validate the design to see that usability objectives can be met and risk  is reduced as much as is practicable.&lt;br /&gt;Throughout the HFE process, user data is obtained to iterate both the  design and the formal risk analysis, as appropriate. The end result is a  process that is effective, efficient, safe, and satisfying for its  users, since they have been at the forefront during the design process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="407" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1007/art7fig1.gif" width="380" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;i&gt;Edmond Israelski, Ph.D. is Human Factors Program Manager,  Corporate Regulatory and Quality Science at Abbott. He has been  practicing human factors engineering for many years in the design of a  wide variety of products. He can be reached at Abbott, 100 Abbott Park  Road, Abbott Park, IL 60064; 847-936-1131;&lt;a href="mailto:ed.Israelski@abbott.com"&gt;ed.Israelski@abbott.com&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a href="http://www.abbott.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.abbott.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-3654851325657749858?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3654851325657749858'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3654851325657749858'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/human-factors-engineering-applied-to.html' title='Human Factors Engineering Applied to Controlled Environments'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-6604951884330465748</id><published>2011-01-16T01:45:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:45:27.217-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Powder Metallurgy: Problems of an Economically Friendly Technology'/><title type='text'>Powder Metallurgy: Problems of an Economically Friendly Technology</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Dr.  D.D. Radev        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;This article is devoted to powder metallurgy (PM)  and the peculiarities of that branch of materials science. The  technological and economical advantages of PM methods compared with  traditional metallurgical processes for production of metal products are  discussed. The main stages of PM technology, namely the processes of  powder production, shaping, and densification of the end bodies, and the  effects of these operations on both human health and the environment  are also discussed. In that respect, the methods of metal powder  production are viewed in more detailed. There are several methods for  metal powder production and features of these methods that determine the  set of physical, chemical, and technological properties of the powders.  That relationship is demonstrated using scanning electron microscopy  (SEM). Toxicity and other harmful properties of certain metal powders  with numerous practical applications are also discussed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;POWDER METALLURGY METHODOLOGY&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Powder metallurgy (PM) is an industrial method for obtaining metal or  metal-like powders, molding semifinished goods from powders, and  manufacturing particles from them by a thermal process, called  sinter-ing. The sintering temperature is below the melting temperature  of the main component in the powder mixture. Because of the similarities  between methods for ceramic (shaping – thermal treatment) and PM  (molding – sintering) production, the end bodiesproduced by PM are also  called metalloceramics. The term “powder metallurgy” soundsprovocative  or at least suspicious on the pages of a publication when the  authorwants to propagandize the achievements of a technology, the first  step of whichis metal or ceramic powder production. Could a technology  be connected with powderproduction and its processing in a way that is  friendly to both environment andhumanity, especially when our every-day  practice shows that metallurgy is a mainnatural pollutant? We want to  show here the achievements of a technology thatis not only economically  profitable but environmental favorable.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first historical example for industrial applications of PM is the  chiseling of high-quality platinum (Pt) coins by intaglio. The method  was developed by Sobolevski and Liubarski in Russia and practiced from  1826 to 1844.1The first modern powder metallurgy product was the  tungsten (W) filament of electric light bulbs, developed in the early  1900s. During this time, the production of materials and products was  closely related to the achievements of the necessary technological  conditions, primarily the realization of high temperatures and the  reliability of the corresponding equipment and materials. Although the  process has existed for more than 100 years, over the past quarter  century it has become widely recognized as a superior way to produce  high-quality parts for a variety of important applications. This success  is due to the privileges that the PM process offers over other  metal-forming technologies (such as forging and metal casting),  advantages in material utilization, shape complexity, and near-net shape  dimensional control. These, in turn,yied benefits of lower costs and  greater production versatility.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PM is closely connected with technologies that determine its  relationship to environmental protection. Obtaining and manipulating  solids in powder state is an essential feature of PM. If PM is limited  to the production of metal or metal-like powders, it would be just a  part of metallurgy and could not be a progressive, technologically, and  economically attractive method combined with metallurgy, materials  science, and metalworking. Elimination (in most cases) or at least  minimization of machining of the end article leads to economic  advantages. As more than 97% of the starting materials reach the  finished product, powder metallurgy is a process that conserves both  energy and materials. Elimination of scrap losses, which directly  reflects on environmental protection, is another privilege of the PM  method, providing many possibilitiesto create waste-free and  environmentally friendly processes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;ADVANTAGES AND APPLICATIONS OF PM&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PM could use wastes obtained by other traditional metallurgical  processes. The utilization of copper oxides obtained after cable  production is a good example. This simple technology allows the burning  of engine oil, presented as an impurity, to obtain pure fragile copper  oxide flakes. After milling of copper oxide and reduction with hydrogen  (H2) at 450 °C, one obtains pure copper (Cu) powder of very high quality  that is suitable for use in the electrical industry for production of  copper-graphite brushes. Controlling the parameters of the processes of  milling and reduction (type of mill, milling conditions, time, and  temperature), one could obtain Cu powder with defined chemical,  physical, and technological properties. In this example, another  advantage of PM is demonstrated — the creation of composite materials  from physically and chemically different (as copper and graphite)  components. Very often, PM is the only technology able to lead to the  production of materials and articles with specific properties, such as  self-lubricating bearings, hard alloy cutting tools from tungsten  carbide (WC)-based alloys, magnet materials, copper-graphite brushes for  electric engines, catalysts, and hydrogenstorage materials for hydrogen  economics, among others.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="299" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1007/art3fig1.gif" width="366" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="296" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1007/art3fig2.gif" width="368" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;Figure 1 presents an SEM image of boron carbide (B4C) particles. This  material is directly and dramatically connected with human body  protection. Dense plates from B4C powders find numerous applications in  the military for anti-bullet protection. Dense B4C pellets find  applications in nuclear energy as neutron-absorbing material, thus  controlling peaceful nuclear reactions. PM is the only method for  producing this superhard material.&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; In some cases, the  conversion of a cast or wrought component to powdered metal provides a  cost savings of 40% or higher. To produce a part for a contemporary  reactive jet, weighing 0.45 kg, by a traditional metallurgical  technology requires 8.6 kg of molded metal; the PM technique requires  only 2.95 kg of the metal. Machine parts produced by PM are maintained  very close to dimensional tolerances. That is very important for  lowering costs. PM allows strict control on technological parameters,  such as pressing, sintering temperature, etc. The combination of  chemical (purity, presence of oxygen layers or impurities, etc.),  physical (particle size and size distribution, surface area, etc.), and  technological (fluidity, pressability, and sinterability) properties of  starting powders are responsible for the behavior of PM articles during  the processes of their shaping and densification by pressing and  sintering. This determines the importance of the route for metal powder  production. There are different industrial methods for this as all are  responsible for the specific set of properties that is the “calling  card” of the powder. It is customary to subdivide the methods of metal  powder production into physical-chemistry and mechanical. The first  method is based on deep chemical and physical transformation of the  composition and structure of the starting material. Reduction,  electrolysis, and thermal decomposition are base methods in that group.  The “snow balls” of B4C shown in Figure 1 are obtained by so called  plasmo-chemical synthesis.&lt;br /&gt;The second type of method transforms starting material into powder  without a change in composition. Dispersion of the metal melts and  milling in different apparatuses are good examples. Interaction of  certain metal powders with water and hydrogen (e.g., Al powders) makes  water pulverization very dangerous. Strict measures to prevent hydrogen  accumulation and its explosion should be taken. Figure 2 shows an SEM  image of molybdenum (Mo) powder with a mean particle size of  approximately 200 µm obtained by ball milling. Morphological  peculiarities reveal products with low technological properties  (pressability and sinterability). Sometimes, metal powder production is a  contradiction of technological and work safety viewpoints. Low  temperature reduction of metal oxides, in order to obtain fine-grained  metal powders that lead to high sinterabili-ty, may result in products  with pyrophoric properties. These powders, in contact with air, tend to  self-ignite. The burning proceeds at very high speed and very high  temperatures. Iron (Fe) and cobalt (Co) powders, which find numerous  applications in PM, are good representatives of these materials. Strict  safety measures should be taken during manipulation and storage of fine  (&amp;lt; 10 µm) and ultrafine (&amp;lt; 0.5 µm) Fe and Co powders. Organic  liquids, vacuum techniques, and an inert atmosphere of argon (Ar) are  used to protect such powders from self-ignition.&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="306" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1007/art3fig3.gif" width="366" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="308" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1007/art3fig4.gif" width="368" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;NICKEL POWDERS&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figures 3 and 4 show SEM images of nickel (Ni) powders obtained by  hydrogen reduction of nickel oxide at 800°C and thermal decomposition of  nickel carbonyl [Ni(CO)4], respectively. Differences in morphological  properties of these powders obtained by different methods are obvious.  Nickel powders find numerous applications in many branches of industry:  production of specialsteels, superalloys, and alloys with controlled  expansion (named Kovar), shape-memory alloys, Ni-La hydrogen  accumulation alloys, dental alloys, implants, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Being technologically attractive for specialists and curious for  readers, these particles could be harmful and dangerous for human  health. Nickel is an allergic agent and may cause different dermal  effects. It is estimated that as many as 10–20% of women and 1–2% of men  have been sensitized to nickel. The mechanism of nickel penetration by  skin is based on the dissolving of pure metal by sweat. It is advisable  not to wear cheap jewelry and to always demand a test for nickel allergy  from your dentist if nickel-containing alloys for metal-to-ceramic  dental constructions are used. Nickel also has carcinogenic effects and  may cause throat or lung cancer. That is why very strict precautions  should be taken when developing Ni powder metallurgy. These measures  should include human and environment protection and strict observation  of the corresponding standards for nickel dust concentrationsin the air  of work places.&lt;br /&gt;There are many materials that can be toxic but are safe to use when  handled in the right way and exposures kept at acceptable levels.  Wearing protective clothes and respiratory masks as well as strict  control of dust levels in the air are necessary to minimize the risk of  inhaling nickel or nickel-containing powders.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;CONCLUSIONS&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Based on materials science knowledge, PM is a very flexible and  versatile technology. Newer methods and cheaper high-quality materials  appear as a result of PM R&amp;amp;D activities. In that respect, we can  show a metal injection molded (MIM) technique whose products have shown  constant progress over the past several years. Strong markets for MIM  products include tools, medical parts,electronics, firearms, etc. Spark  plasma sintering (SPS) is a new process for obtaining fully dense,  high-quality materials in a short time frame, thus retaining a  fine-grained structure in the product. Recently, new methods for  obtaining nanostructured and nanosized metal powders, alloys, and  compounds, such as mechanochemical synthesis, self-propagating  high-temperature synthesis (SHS), and combinations of these methods with  thermal synthesis, have drastically changed the technological design  for metal and ceramic powder synthesis.&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt; After intense  mechanical treatment in high-energetic mills, such as attritors and  planetary mills, certain metal powders acquired pyrophoric properties.&lt;sup&gt;5,6&lt;/sup&gt;  In the presence of oxygen, some mechanically induced interactions  proceeded by explosive kinetics. That is why very strict safety  measures, including the use of protective inert atmospheres,  glove-boxes, etc., should be observed when working with mechanically  activated metal powders. PM supplies the industry with low-cost  production of precision, high-performance materials and products and no  other metalworking process can match its competitive advantages. Could  it be friendly to the environment? It all depends on us.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;References:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Schatt, W. et al. Pulvermetallurgie, Sinter-und Verbundwerkstoffe.“  Veb Deutscer Verlag Fur Grundstoffindustrie, August 1977.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Ghosh, D. et al. “Dynamic Indentation Response of Fine-Grained Boron  Carbide.” Journal of the American Ceramic Society, June 2007.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;US Patent, No 4030913, 1977.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Radev D. et al. “Mechanically Activated Self-Propagating  High-Temperature Synthesis of Nanometer-Structured MgB2.” Physica C,  January 2005.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Radev D, and Klissurski D. “Properties of TiB2 Powders Obtained in a  Mechanochemical Way.” Journal of Alloys and Compounds, April 1994.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Radev D. “Pulvermetallugie des Titans.“ Metall, January 1998.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;i&gt;Dr. D. D. Radev is at the Institute of General and Inorganic  Chemistry, Bulgarian Academy of Science, “Acad. G. Bonchev” str., Bl.11,  1113 Sofia, Bulgaria. He can be reached at &lt;a href="mailto:ddradev@gmail.com"&gt;ddradev@gmail.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-6604951884330465748?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6604951884330465748'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6604951884330465748'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/powder-metallurgy-problems-of.html' title='Powder Metallurgy: Problems of an Economically Friendly Technology'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-3757307503135508710</id><published>2011-01-16T01:44:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:44:51.319-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Document Integrity In The Life Sciences: An Industry At Risk'/><title type='text'>Document Integrity In The Life Sciences: An Industry At Risk</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Dirk Karsten Beth         &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;Document integrity and security are critical to  ensure compliance and approval for life science companies. Amazingly,  the industry has chosen systems that put their documents at risk of  loss, tampering, and regulatory penalties.&lt;br /&gt;It might surprise many both inside and outside the industry to  discover that critical documents, even those containing sensitive  information such as patient data and test results, are routinely  transferred from sponsor to CRO to consultant and back via unsecured  e-mail. E-mail can be misdirected to the wrong people inside the  company, sent to competitors, and can easily be read by any hacker.&lt;br /&gt;Additionally, the same organizations often use loosely guarded  systems such as network file shares to store and manage documents. A  network file share does not provide version control, document locking,  and minimal access control. With so many people working on a document,  one is never sure who has the latest version leading to wasted time and  resources tracking down the correct version.&lt;br /&gt;Organizations who believe that they are using best practices may be  unwittingly at risk. Some document management systems, including the  largest and most expensive, have significant security flaws that are  rooted deep within their aging architectures.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;THE UBIQUITOUS NETWORK FILE SHARE&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It seems like a great place to start. The collaboration tool of choice.  The network file share. A single place where everyone stores their  documents — and gives everyone access to those documents. Yet again, it  is a risky decision. Imagine a disgruntled employee who has access to  that share who decides to alter it, steal it, or wipe it out. Even with  routine backups, the user still has broad access to other peoples work.  The loss in productivity and resources adds up quickly. For example, if  ten peoples’ work is stored on theshare and a days worth of data is  lost, that is ten man days of work lost.&lt;br /&gt;Network file shares also allow for corruption. A user could  manipulate others work with little or no evidence of tampering. What  prevents a manager, who has a project at stake, from opening completed  documents and changing data to meet their needs? If this is discovered  by a regulatory body, all data would be considered suspect and cost a  life science company significant delays andfines, as well as lost  revenue and corporate reputation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;THE E-MAIL ATTACHMENT&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;E-mail has become the communications platform of choice for today’s  business, including the life sciences space. The vast number of  participants collaborating in the development of life science products  makes e-mail even more important.Is there any other way to comu-nicate  with such speed and ease?&lt;br /&gt;E-mail is a critical business tool that clearly is not going to be  replaced any time soon. However, the use of e-mail and the security  policies chosenwill have a major influence on business processes. The  role of an attachment and how it is handled is extremly important and  impacts security and regulatorycompliance.&lt;br /&gt;E-mail is bounced from server to server across multiple Internet  Service Providers before it arrives in the inbox. During its travels  outside of your corporate firewall, it is unsecured. Using this  mechanism to transfer critical documents puts those documents and the  company at risk. Proprietary information may begiven up and patient data  exposed.&lt;br /&gt;An additional issue with e-mail, primarily if it is used for  collaboration, is the inability to identify who is in poss-esion of a  document and whether any alterations to the data have been made.  Muddying the water further, several people may be making changes or  updates to multiple versions of a document simultaneiously. Imagine  being put in charge of producing a single, updated master document.&lt;br /&gt;Life science companies of all sizes feel that their IT staff has a  handle on this e-mail situation. E-mail may be secure for intra-office  transfer but inevitably documents need to be accessed by others outside  of the corporate firewall. There is only one way to deal with the  problem; do not allow sensitive or mission critical documents to be  e-mailed.&lt;br /&gt;So what system should replace e-mail for the transfer of documents? A  Web-based document management system that is made selectively available  to the users who need access to documents. A port is opened, a user is  created on the system. The document management system allows the user to  access the document and tracks when the user has it checked out,  creates a version when he checks it back in, and ensures that no one  else is updating the same document while it is checked out. A full audit  trail is maintained all the while.&lt;br /&gt;This provides a richly managed collaboration in a regulatory  compliant framework that shows who has what document and version, what  changes were made, and digital signatures for approvals. Also, providing  check-in and check-out functionality to eliminate simultaneous changes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="407" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1107/art3fig1.jpg" width="380" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT DOES NOT A SECURE DOCUMENT MAKE&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is generally believed in the life science world that all regulatory  and compliance issues go away when a document management system is  implemented, preferably the most expensive system with untold rewards.  And why should this misconception not be believed? The regulatory bodies  almost promotethis idea.&lt;br /&gt;Most of these systems do not do all of the things required for the  life science industry out of the box. Rather they require a significant  amount of configuration during implementation to meet those needs. This  implementation will eithersucceed or fail to make a company more  impervious to compliance issues.&lt;br /&gt;The truth is that a document management system, if implemented  correctly, can significantly improve the regulatory landscape of a  company and at the same time yield significantadditional business  benefits.&lt;br /&gt;There are several issues with either the document management system  or the implementation that can put a company at regulatory risk. Those  include misunderstood requirements, poor or delayed execution, or a  system that cannot be validated.&lt;br /&gt;A significant architectural flaw is that some legacy document  management systems still store managed documents on the file system.  Making the documents as susceptibleto tampering, corruption, and malice  as a network file share.&lt;br /&gt;This flaw can be traced back to a time when there was no other way to  solve the problem. Today’s modern database systems make this problem  surmountable but legacy systems whose code base is dated are unable to  change.&lt;br /&gt;While it is true that this specific file system can be significantly  secured from user access, those files could still be manipulated by an  IT staffer either under coercion or self-directed contempt. The end  result is that not only all of the company’s data is suspect, but their  expensive document management system is suspect as well.&lt;br /&gt;A robust document management system stores documents inside a  database, where they are absolutely secured against download or change  without an audit trail. In fact, they are no longer documents — just  binary data. In some cases, this data is even encrypted. In the eyes of a  regulator, imagine which system will emerge as a better choice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;INDUSTRY IS NOT AN ACADEMIC ENVIRONMENT&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The development of life science products is often so closely tied to  research that even workers inside a sponsor perceive the environment as  academic. Most employees come out of an academic world and may not be  accustomed to a regulated environment.&lt;br /&gt;Leaders in the life science space should educate employees on the  critical differences of working in industry versus academia. Systems are  put in place not to complicate the process of science but to yield the  eventual benefits of that research.&lt;br /&gt;The data the researchers and others in life science companies create  is critical to the process and to the eventual success of the company.  It is imperative that the integrity and security of that data is  maintained. Without vigil a company faces many perils:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Regulatory risks, fines, and delays&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Extended or failed due diligence from investors, purchasers, and  out-licensing partners&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Patentability and patent defense issues&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Situations have led to firings and criminal prosecution of C-level  individuals&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;SUMMARY&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Document integrity is critical to many regulated industries; however,  the life sciences do not have the issue as well in hand as its  counterparts. Not only is it a requirement for the industry to ensure  document and data integrity as well as security, but it makes good  business sense. It requires peoplewithin the organization to be vigilant  but can return heavily for that investment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Dirk Karsten Beth is President of Mission3, Inc., a software  company that provides solutions to the life science industry. He can be  reached at Mission3; 5060 N. 40th St., Suite 209; Phoenix, AZ 85018;  602-957-2150 ext. 503; &lt;a href="mailto:dbeth@mission3.com"&gt;dbeth@mission3.com&lt;/a&gt;;  &lt;a href="http://www.mission3.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.mission3.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-3757307503135508710?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3757307503135508710'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3757307503135508710'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/document-integrity-in-life-sciences.html' title='Document Integrity In The Life Sciences: An Industry At Risk'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-1304066179127846507</id><published>2011-01-16T01:42:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:42:18.807-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Auditing: Resources For Managing Vendor Oversight'/><title type='text'>Auditing: Resources For Managing Vendor Oversight</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Thomas  Menighan, RPh, MBA        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     Chris  Ward        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;In preparing to write this article for &lt;i&gt;Controlled  Environments&lt;/i&gt;, we looked at audits of vendors, like software  developers and automated processes, and to distributor audits for supply  chain integrity. A common thread in successful audits is the  maintenance of sound audit practices, standards, and guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;TO WHAT PURPOSE?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Auditing serves several purposes that are adapted to the application as  necessary. Goals and results should be shared across the enterprise to  help solve problems evident in all areas of pharmaceutical manufacturing  and distribution. Regardless of what is being examined or audited — a  system, facility, or software process — the resources available, such as  the data, people, auditors,or experts, can be similar and many can be  used in nearly all situations.&lt;br /&gt;Audits are conducted to meet FDA guidelines to insure that  manufacturers maintain appropriate due diligence and inspection of  processes, environments, vendors, suppliers, and others whose products,  work, and expertise goes into the manufacture of regulated products.&lt;br /&gt;For example, in 1996, the FDA challenged the industry to establish a  standard way to assess the structural integrity of acquired computer  software and to lower overall costs to the industry. In 1997, a task  force was formed to assess the integrity of and develop a guideline for  auditing acquired commercial off the shelf (COTS) software. Under the  umbrella of the Parenteral Drug Association’s PDA’s Computer Validation  Interest Group, the PDA along with the FDA,members of the user community  from the pharmaceutical and medical device industries, and the software  developers themselves came together to create and publisha guideline  for auditing the acquired computer software and services.&lt;br /&gt;The objectives of this task group were focused on the specific  application of software in the manufacturing process. These objectives  were also very similar to those that any group consisting of  professionals from any sector of the industrymeeting to establish  standards might have. They include:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;To define and demonstrate (through simulation and field testing) a  process for supplier audits and qualification in a way that promotes  standardization and simplification&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To meet regulatory expectations for the structural integrity of  acquired software and computer products in general (regardless of where  in the manufacturing process they were applied)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To satisfy customer needs for information as supporting procurement,  systems engineering, and computer validation&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To lower costs to both the pharmaceutical companies and suppliers.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;With regard to the latter point, costs of audits within the industry  have increased dramatically and pharmaceutical companies may incur costs  (internal and external) upwards of $750,000 per year to perform,  manage, and archive audits. Examples exist that show reductions in cost  greater than 50% through the use of a central repository. Such a  repository for technology process audits was created by the PDA and is  now known as the Audit Resource Center (ARC).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;DEVELOPING THE AUDIT PROCESS&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the process of developing the published audit process, the task force  performed research, used experience from supplier audits, and drafted a  common practice to meet the needs of the industry. The needs assessment  came from the users’ agreement that auditing practices used throughout  the industry were cumbersome, duplicative,and inconsistent.&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The task force of industry professionals continued working after the  publication of the report by the PDA (Technical Report 32 or TR-32) to  monitor, maintain, and upgrade the process. Today, this group is known  with the PDA as the Audit Guidance Advisory Board (AGAB). The AGAB now  guides the development of technical reports for auditing and reviews the  relevance of the documents, recruits committees of technical experts,  and revises, expands, and broadens the guidelines as needed. The first  iteration of this new guideline was published in 2001 and was revised in  2004. The current document is under review and publication of a new  broader guideline is expected in the coming year.&lt;br /&gt;Anyone who manufactures products that are regulated by the FDA must  conduct due diligence of their vendors, typically in the form of audits.  In this environment, those vendors who produce equipment that utilizes  software or suppliers who develop software itself have to be audited; a  well-accepted process that isoften used is TR-32.&lt;br /&gt;Quality audit procedures are all driven by observation. Observations  are made either by an external auditor or by the company’s technical  expert who insures that inspection of the proper elements is done to  current standards or by internal quality teams whose responsibility it  is to report to managementon the status of the environment whether  static, dynamic, or resting.&lt;br /&gt;Other guidelines and standards exist to support professionals in  their auditing, examination, and inspection of manufacturing processes  and technology such as cleanrooms, controlled environments, and product  pedigree in the chain of custody. Standards are developed by  organizations that include members who work in the industry and  governing bodies such as the U.S. FDA and the EuropeanMedicines Agency  (EMEA).&lt;br /&gt;The need for diligence is not unique to manufacturing of  pharmaceuticals and devices. Companies also face challenges in  distribution, both internal and throughout the external supply chain  typically consisting of pharmaceutical wholesalers. Early in this  decade, a significant increase in the incidence of counterfeit and  diverted drug products and devices got the attention of industry  stakeholders and led to a series of very significant changes. These  changes included the publication of “Recommended Guidelines for  Pharmaceutical Distribution System Integrity” by the Healthcare  Distribution Management Association (HDMA) and the National Association  of Boards of Pharmacy (NABP) Model Rules for distributors, which calls  for strengthening of the Prescription Drug Marketing Act (pedigree) and  related state laws, as well as changes in the business model between  manufacturers and distributors (fees for serviceagreements).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;AUDIT GUIDELINES&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today, the changes in the supply chain landscape continue. While no  audit standard has been formally adopted, NABP created an inspection  process that may be used by state boards of pharmacy for inspecting  distributors (Verified Accredited Wholesale Distributor or VAWD) and the  HDMA’s Recommended Guidelinesserve as a metric for at least one private  audit firm.&lt;br /&gt;GAMP 4, Good Automated Manufacturing Practices, is used as an audit  guide for many manufacturing processes such as controlled environments  where computer products and software are not the primary processes being  examined. GAMP 4 has also been enhanced, refined, and restructured like  the TR-32 to reflect current regulatory expectations and good practice.&lt;br /&gt;Professionals from the Americas and Europe contributed to the  production of GAMP 4 which is intended for suppliers and users in  pharmaceutical manufacturing and related healthcare industries. This  guide draws together key principles and practices and describes how they  can be applied to determine the scope and extent of validation for  different types of automated systems.&lt;br /&gt;Benefits of this standard to industry users and suppliers echo those  of the TR-32 and others include:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Cost benefits, aiding the production of systems that are fit for  purpose, meet user and business requirements, and have acceptable  operation and maintenance costs&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Increased understanding of the subject and introduction of a common  language and terminology&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Reductions in cost and time taken to achieve compliance systems&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Clarification of the division of responsibility between user and  supplier&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;While GAMP addresses a broad range of issues related to validation of  systems, another document that can assist cleanroom operators in  maintaining 21 CFR Part 11 compliance is the joint PDA/ISPE publication  “Complying with 21 CFR Part 11, Electronic Records and Electronic  Signatures,” a companion document to GAMP 4.&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;International standards and the groups that develop, maintain,  archive, and promote them are the background for auditing within the  regulated environment. Consideration must be given to adjunct drivers in  the industry that help us conduct not only audits but daily  performance, inspection, and maintenance of various processes.&lt;br /&gt;ICH, or the International Conference on Harmonization, along with ISO  9001 standards, govern certain critical elements of the manufacturing  process and how they are conducted. The American Society for Quality has  been instrumental in supporting the industry and professionals who  perform the operation, maintenance, inspection, and management of any  systems within the industry.&lt;br /&gt;ISO, the International Standards Organization, is a network of the  national standards institutes of 155 countries, on the basis of one  member per country, with a Central Secretariat in Geneva, Switzerland,  that coordinates the system.&lt;br /&gt;Between 1947 and the present day, ISO published more than 16,000  International Standards. ISO’s work program ranges from standards for  traditional activities, such as agriculture and construction, through  mechanical engineering to medical devices and the newest information on  technology developments, such as the digital coding of audio-visual  signals for multimedia applications.&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ISO is accepted in many industries and now has entered the  pharmaceutical industry in manufacturing as well as software developers  that service the industry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;AUDIT EXECUTION&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Audits have historically been executed by compliance personnel in  pharmaceutical companies who possessed a basic knowledge of software or  other processes. These knowledgeable individuals used methods and  checklists common to auditing physical processes and checking paper  trails. Much of this was based on written regulation for good  manufacturing and clinical practices, but was not alwayssuited for  technology processes.&lt;br /&gt;Audits conducted by independent auditors to a standard are valued by  industry as a way to “certify” that a vendor or company has followed the  proper procedures and their work or products have been through a third  partyreview and is credible.&lt;br /&gt;Training, qualification, and certification have become the basis for  developing personnel and teams that can execute audits with the latest  standards from governing organizations and professional associations  like PDA, ISPE, ASQ, and others.&lt;br /&gt;The PDA and ASQ both train professionals and qualify or certify them  to conduct quality examinations for their companies, for clients  independently, and audit the manufacturing and technical processes  discussed here. This training is essential to furthering the standards  employed and to the industry acceptance and adherence to standards and  regulations from governing bodies like the FDA.&lt;br /&gt;The rationale for developing industry standards is to systemize this  process and to qualify auditors based on the standard developed by a  sanctioning body, such as the PDA or others.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;TRAINING&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The PDA Training and Research Institute (TRI) exists for those who want  to advance their careers in Quality Assurance, Quality Control,  Manufacturing, Training, Regulatory Affairs, Validation, Engineering, or  Information Technology; the PDA TRI has courses designed to fit many  specialized needs. It is approved by the Accreditation Council for  Pharmacy Education (ACPE) as a provider of continuing pharmacy  education.&lt;sup&gt;5 &lt;/sup&gt;The American Society for Quality has developed  several training and certification courses relevant to this discussion.  Someexcerpted from the ASQ Web site are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Biomedical Auditor - CBA&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Quality Auditor - CQA&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Quality Engineer - CQE&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Quality Technician - CQT&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Software Quality Engineer - CSQE&lt;sup&gt;6&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Other organizations that train or qualify auditors, maintain  credentials, or set standards for these professionals are listed below  with their Web sites:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;International Register of Certified Auditors or IRCA &lt;a href="http://www.irca.org/home.html" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.irca.org/home.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;International Personnel Certification Association &lt;a href="http://www.ipc.com/" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.ipc.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;RABQSA &lt;a href="http://www.rabqsa.com/" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.rabqsa.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;European Commission on Enterprise and Industry (Pharmaceuticals) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/pharmaceuticals/eudralex/vol-4/pdfs-en/anx11en.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/pharmaceuticals/eudralex/vol-4/pdfs-en/anx11en.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;RESOURCES&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Third party participation in the audit process creates some distinct  advantages. A third party resource can be a credible source for  information, participation by technical experts, overview from  sanctioning bodies, and resource extensionfor valuable and scarce  internal resources.&lt;br /&gt;One such resource to auditing is a central repository for audits and  reports on audits that can be shared across the enterprise and  throughout the industry by both a customer and their vendor in an effort  to strengthen a vendor relationship, reduce time and cost associated  with the auditing process, and provide quality controlfor documentation.&lt;br /&gt;Many organizations may have processes and even specific software for  managing audit data and reports. Like internal audit systems and those  personnel managing them, they may be subject to the individual needs of  groups within the companyor department and not meet a standard or  include standard practices.&lt;br /&gt;The same bodies that develop and maintain standards also devise ways  to help maintain the integrity of the reports and information that is  produced by an audit in an effort to make it acceptable to multiple  stakeholders with theorganization or across the industry.&lt;br /&gt;One such entity was created by the PDA’s task group and is the ARC  that is managed under the supervision of the Audit Guidance Advisory  Board. This entity provides audit reports to industry and partners with  suppliers of software products to facilitate audits and track the global  supply of available auditsand qualified auditors who conduct them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;CONCLUSION&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of the goals of examining audit resources in this article is to  provide an overview of processes and procedures for auditing in the  regulated environment and also to show the breadth and depth of the  standards to which those involvedin the discipline are and should be  held.&lt;br /&gt;We often look into the detail of that which we are endeavoring to  examine to find gems of data that we need to complete reports and manage  a process or state of the system. Many times we need to start at a  meta-level to understandthe system and make observations about that  before examining the details.&lt;br /&gt;This article is intended not to be an exhaustive journey through the  history, development, or practice of technical auditing within the  regulated pharmaceutical industry, but to shine some light on the  resources available within particular sectors and perhaps provide a  perspective or broader picture on a critical issue that consumes many  hours for all of the professionals who spend careers dedicated to the  pursuit of quality.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;References&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Auditing of Suppliers Providing Computer Products and Services for  Regulated Pharmaceutical Operations. Technical Report No. 32, Release  2.0, Vol. 58, No. 5, September/October 2004.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Carney, David; Greenawalt, Harvey; Grigonis, George; Oberndorf,  Patricia. Case Study: Computer Supplier Evaluation Practices of the  Parenteral Drug Association (PDA) Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering  Institute, May 2003.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;GAMP 4, Good Automated Manufacturing Practice (GAMP) Guide for  Validation of Automated Systems. Thomson TECHSTREET. 01 Aug 2007 &lt;a href="http://www.techstreet.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.techstreet.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Overview of the ISO System. 12 Sep 2006. International Standards  Organization. 31 Jul 2007. &lt;a href="http://www.iso.org/" target="_blank"&gt;www.iso.org&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;About PDA Training and Research Institute. Parenteral Drug  Association.&lt;br /&gt;28 Jul 2007&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Auditing and ISO Solutions, Quality in Manufacturing. American  Society for Quality. 04 Aug 2007. &lt;a href="http://www.asq.org/" target="_blank"&gt;www.asq.org&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;i&gt;Chris Ward is the Director of the Audit Resource Center for  SynTe-gra and is responsible for business development and management of  the ARC database of software process audits. He is a member of the  American Chemical Society and has served as President of the Board of  Directors, Vice President and Chair of various committees for the Asthma  and Allergy Foundation of America. He can be reached at SynTegra LLC,  12800 Middlebrook Road, Suite 220, Germantown, MD 20874; &lt;a href="mailto:cward@syntegrallc.com"&gt;cward@syntegrallc.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Thomas E. Menighan, RPh, MBA, is the President of SynTegra, LLC,  and leads development and delivery of a full suite of operational and  regulatory compliance services for pharmaceutical and biotechnology  companies from product discovery to distribution. He is a past President  of the American Pharmacists Association (2001–2002) and is currently a  partner in Pharmacy Associates, Inc. He can be reached at &lt;a href="mailto:tmenighan@syntegrallc.com"&gt;tmenighan@syntegrallc.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-1304066179127846507?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/1304066179127846507'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/1304066179127846507'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/auditing-resources-for-managing-vendor_16.html' title='Auditing: Resources For Managing Vendor Oversight'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-9066553369208383241</id><published>2011-01-16T01:42:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:42:15.549-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Auditing: Resources For Managing Vendor Oversight'/><title type='text'>Auditing: Resources For Managing Vendor Oversight</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Thomas  Menighan, RPh, MBA        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     Chris  Ward        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;In preparing to write this article for &lt;i&gt;Controlled  Environments&lt;/i&gt;, we looked at audits of vendors, like software  developers and automated processes, and to distributor audits for supply  chain integrity. A common thread in successful audits is the  maintenance of sound audit practices, standards, and guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;TO WHAT PURPOSE?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Auditing serves several purposes that are adapted to the application as  necessary. Goals and results should be shared across the enterprise to  help solve problems evident in all areas of pharmaceutical manufacturing  and distribution. Regardless of what is being examined or audited — a  system, facility, or software process — the resources available, such as  the data, people, auditors,or experts, can be similar and many can be  used in nearly all situations.&lt;br /&gt;Audits are conducted to meet FDA guidelines to insure that  manufacturers maintain appropriate due diligence and inspection of  processes, environments, vendors, suppliers, and others whose products,  work, and expertise goes into the manufacture of regulated products.&lt;br /&gt;For example, in 1996, the FDA challenged the industry to establish a  standard way to assess the structural integrity of acquired computer  software and to lower overall costs to the industry. In 1997, a task  force was formed to assess the integrity of and develop a guideline for  auditing acquired commercial off the shelf (COTS) software. Under the  umbrella of the Parenteral Drug Association’s PDA’s Computer Validation  Interest Group, the PDA along with the FDA,members of the user community  from the pharmaceutical and medical device industries, and the software  developers themselves came together to create and publisha guideline  for auditing the acquired computer software and services.&lt;br /&gt;The objectives of this task group were focused on the specific  application of software in the manufacturing process. These objectives  were also very similar to those that any group consisting of  professionals from any sector of the industrymeeting to establish  standards might have. They include:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;To define and demonstrate (through simulation and field testing) a  process for supplier audits and qualification in a way that promotes  standardization and simplification&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To meet regulatory expectations for the structural integrity of  acquired software and computer products in general (regardless of where  in the manufacturing process they were applied)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To satisfy customer needs for information as supporting procurement,  systems engineering, and computer validation&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To lower costs to both the pharmaceutical companies and suppliers.&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;With regard to the latter point, costs of audits within the industry  have increased dramatically and pharmaceutical companies may incur costs  (internal and external) upwards of $750,000 per year to perform,  manage, and archive audits. Examples exist that show reductions in cost  greater than 50% through the use of a central repository. Such a  repository for technology process audits was created by the PDA and is  now known as the Audit Resource Center (ARC).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;DEVELOPING THE AUDIT PROCESS&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the process of developing the published audit process, the task force  performed research, used experience from supplier audits, and drafted a  common practice to meet the needs of the industry. The needs assessment  came from the users’ agreement that auditing practices used throughout  the industry were cumbersome, duplicative,and inconsistent.&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The task force of industry professionals continued working after the  publication of the report by the PDA (Technical Report 32 or TR-32) to  monitor, maintain, and upgrade the process. Today, this group is known  with the PDA as the Audit Guidance Advisory Board (AGAB). The AGAB now  guides the development of technical reports for auditing and reviews the  relevance of the documents, recruits committees of technical experts,  and revises, expands, and broadens the guidelines as needed. The first  iteration of this new guideline was published in 2001 and was revised in  2004. The current document is under review and publication of a new  broader guideline is expected in the coming year.&lt;br /&gt;Anyone who manufactures products that are regulated by the FDA must  conduct due diligence of their vendors, typically in the form of audits.  In this environment, those vendors who produce equipment that utilizes  software or suppliers who develop software itself have to be audited; a  well-accepted process that isoften used is TR-32.&lt;br /&gt;Quality audit procedures are all driven by observation. Observations  are made either by an external auditor or by the company’s technical  expert who insures that inspection of the proper elements is done to  current standards or by internal quality teams whose responsibility it  is to report to managementon the status of the environment whether  static, dynamic, or resting.&lt;br /&gt;Other guidelines and standards exist to support professionals in  their auditing, examination, and inspection of manufacturing processes  and technology such as cleanrooms, controlled environments, and product  pedigree in the chain of custody. Standards are developed by  organizations that include members who work in the industry and  governing bodies such as the U.S. FDA and the EuropeanMedicines Agency  (EMEA).&lt;br /&gt;The need for diligence is not unique to manufacturing of  pharmaceuticals and devices. Companies also face challenges in  distribution, both internal and throughout the external supply chain  typically consisting of pharmaceutical wholesalers. Early in this  decade, a significant increase in the incidence of counterfeit and  diverted drug products and devices got the attention of industry  stakeholders and led to a series of very significant changes. These  changes included the publication of “Recommended Guidelines for  Pharmaceutical Distribution System Integrity” by the Healthcare  Distribution Management Association (HDMA) and the National Association  of Boards of Pharmacy (NABP) Model Rules for distributors, which calls  for strengthening of the Prescription Drug Marketing Act (pedigree) and  related state laws, as well as changes in the business model between  manufacturers and distributors (fees for serviceagreements).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;AUDIT GUIDELINES&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today, the changes in the supply chain landscape continue. While no  audit standard has been formally adopted, NABP created an inspection  process that may be used by state boards of pharmacy for inspecting  distributors (Verified Accredited Wholesale Distributor or VAWD) and the  HDMA’s Recommended Guidelinesserve as a metric for at least one private  audit firm.&lt;br /&gt;GAMP 4, Good Automated Manufacturing Practices, is used as an audit  guide for many manufacturing processes such as controlled environments  where computer products and software are not the primary processes being  examined. GAMP 4 has also been enhanced, refined, and restructured like  the TR-32 to reflect current regulatory expectations and good practice.&lt;br /&gt;Professionals from the Americas and Europe contributed to the  production of GAMP 4 which is intended for suppliers and users in  pharmaceutical manufacturing and related healthcare industries. This  guide draws together key principles and practices and describes how they  can be applied to determine the scope and extent of validation for  different types of automated systems.&lt;br /&gt;Benefits of this standard to industry users and suppliers echo those  of the TR-32 and others include:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Cost benefits, aiding the production of systems that are fit for  purpose, meet user and business requirements, and have acceptable  operation and maintenance costs&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Increased understanding of the subject and introduction of a common  language and terminology&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Reductions in cost and time taken to achieve compliance systems&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Clarification of the division of responsibility between user and  supplier&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;While GAMP addresses a broad range of issues related to validation of  systems, another document that can assist cleanroom operators in  maintaining 21 CFR Part 11 compliance is the joint PDA/ISPE publication  “Complying with 21 CFR Part 11, Electronic Records and Electronic  Signatures,” a companion document to GAMP 4.&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;International standards and the groups that develop, maintain,  archive, and promote them are the background for auditing within the  regulated environment. Consideration must be given to adjunct drivers in  the industry that help us conduct not only audits but daily  performance, inspection, and maintenance of various processes.&lt;br /&gt;ICH, or the International Conference on Harmonization, along with ISO  9001 standards, govern certain critical elements of the manufacturing  process and how they are conducted. The American Society for Quality has  been instrumental in supporting the industry and professionals who  perform the operation, maintenance, inspection, and management of any  systems within the industry.&lt;br /&gt;ISO, the International Standards Organization, is a network of the  national standards institutes of 155 countries, on the basis of one  member per country, with a Central Secretariat in Geneva, Switzerland,  that coordinates the system.&lt;br /&gt;Between 1947 and the present day, ISO published more than 16,000  International Standards. ISO’s work program ranges from standards for  traditional activities, such as agriculture and construction, through  mechanical engineering to medical devices and the newest information on  technology developments, such as the digital coding of audio-visual  signals for multimedia applications.&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ISO is accepted in many industries and now has entered the  pharmaceutical industry in manufacturing as well as software developers  that service the industry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;AUDIT EXECUTION&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Audits have historically been executed by compliance personnel in  pharmaceutical companies who possessed a basic knowledge of software or  other processes. These knowledgeable individuals used methods and  checklists common to auditing physical processes and checking paper  trails. Much of this was based on written regulation for good  manufacturing and clinical practices, but was not alwayssuited for  technology processes.&lt;br /&gt;Audits conducted by independent auditors to a standard are valued by  industry as a way to “certify” that a vendor or company has followed the  proper procedures and their work or products have been through a third  partyreview and is credible.&lt;br /&gt;Training, qualification, and certification have become the basis for  developing personnel and teams that can execute audits with the latest  standards from governing organizations and professional associations  like PDA, ISPE, ASQ, and others.&lt;br /&gt;The PDA and ASQ both train professionals and qualify or certify them  to conduct quality examinations for their companies, for clients  independently, and audit the manufacturing and technical processes  discussed here. This training is essential to furthering the standards  employed and to the industry acceptance and adherence to standards and  regulations from governing bodies like the FDA.&lt;br /&gt;The rationale for developing industry standards is to systemize this  process and to qualify auditors based on the standard developed by a  sanctioning body, such as the PDA or others.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;TRAINING&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The PDA Training and Research Institute (TRI) exists for those who want  to advance their careers in Quality Assurance, Quality Control,  Manufacturing, Training, Regulatory Affairs, Validation, Engineering, or  Information Technology; the PDA TRI has courses designed to fit many  specialized needs. It is approved by the Accreditation Council for  Pharmacy Education (ACPE) as a provider of continuing pharmacy  education.&lt;sup&gt;5 &lt;/sup&gt;The American Society for Quality has developed  several training and certification courses relevant to this discussion.  Someexcerpted from the ASQ Web site are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Biomedical Auditor - CBA&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Quality Auditor - CQA&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Quality Engineer - CQE&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Quality Technician - CQT&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Software Quality Engineer - CSQE&lt;sup&gt;6&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Other organizations that train or qualify auditors, maintain  credentials, or set standards for these professionals are listed below  with their Web sites:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;International Register of Certified Auditors or IRCA &lt;a href="http://www.irca.org/home.html" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.irca.org/home.html&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;International Personnel Certification Association &lt;a href="http://www.ipc.com/" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.ipc.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;RABQSA &lt;a href="http://www.rabqsa.com/" target="_blank"&gt;http://www.rabqsa.com/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;European Commission on Enterprise and Industry (Pharmaceuticals) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/pharmaceuticals/eudralex/vol-4/pdfs-en/anx11en.pdf" target="_blank"&gt;http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/pharmaceuticals/eudralex/vol-4/pdfs-en/anx11en.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;b&gt;RESOURCES&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Third party participation in the audit process creates some distinct  advantages. A third party resource can be a credible source for  information, participation by technical experts, overview from  sanctioning bodies, and resource extensionfor valuable and scarce  internal resources.&lt;br /&gt;One such resource to auditing is a central repository for audits and  reports on audits that can be shared across the enterprise and  throughout the industry by both a customer and their vendor in an effort  to strengthen a vendor relationship, reduce time and cost associated  with the auditing process, and provide quality controlfor documentation.&lt;br /&gt;Many organizations may have processes and even specific software for  managing audit data and reports. Like internal audit systems and those  personnel managing them, they may be subject to the individual needs of  groups within the companyor department and not meet a standard or  include standard practices.&lt;br /&gt;The same bodies that develop and maintain standards also devise ways  to help maintain the integrity of the reports and information that is  produced by an audit in an effort to make it acceptable to multiple  stakeholders with theorganization or across the industry.&lt;br /&gt;One such entity was created by the PDA’s task group and is the ARC  that is managed under the supervision of the Audit Guidance Advisory  Board. This entity provides audit reports to industry and partners with  suppliers of software products to facilitate audits and track the global  supply of available auditsand qualified auditors who conduct them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;CONCLUSION&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of the goals of examining audit resources in this article is to  provide an overview of processes and procedures for auditing in the  regulated environment and also to show the breadth and depth of the  standards to which those involvedin the discipline are and should be  held.&lt;br /&gt;We often look into the detail of that which we are endeavoring to  examine to find gems of data that we need to complete reports and manage  a process or state of the system. Many times we need to start at a  meta-level to understandthe system and make observations about that  before examining the details.&lt;br /&gt;This article is intended not to be an exhaustive journey through the  history, development, or practice of technical auditing within the  regulated pharmaceutical industry, but to shine some light on the  resources available within particular sectors and perhaps provide a  perspective or broader picture on a critical issue that consumes many  hours for all of the professionals who spend careers dedicated to the  pursuit of quality.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;References&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Auditing of Suppliers Providing Computer Products and Services for  Regulated Pharmaceutical Operations. Technical Report No. 32, Release  2.0, Vol. 58, No. 5, September/October 2004.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Carney, David; Greenawalt, Harvey; Grigonis, George; Oberndorf,  Patricia. Case Study: Computer Supplier Evaluation Practices of the  Parenteral Drug Association (PDA) Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering  Institute, May 2003.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;GAMP 4, Good Automated Manufacturing Practice (GAMP) Guide for  Validation of Automated Systems. Thomson TECHSTREET. 01 Aug 2007 &lt;a href="http://www.techstreet.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.techstreet.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Overview of the ISO System. 12 Sep 2006. International Standards  Organization. 31 Jul 2007. &lt;a href="http://www.iso.org/" target="_blank"&gt;www.iso.org&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;About PDA Training and Research Institute. Parenteral Drug  Association.&lt;br /&gt;28 Jul 2007&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Auditing and ISO Solutions, Quality in Manufacturing. American  Society for Quality. 04 Aug 2007. &lt;a href="http://www.asq.org/" target="_blank"&gt;www.asq.org&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;i&gt;Chris Ward is the Director of the Audit Resource Center for  SynTe-gra and is responsible for business development and management of  the ARC database of software process audits. He is a member of the  American Chemical Society and has served as President of the Board of  Directors, Vice President and Chair of various committees for the Asthma  and Allergy Foundation of America. He can be reached at SynTegra LLC,  12800 Middlebrook Road, Suite 220, Germantown, MD 20874; &lt;a href="mailto:cward@syntegrallc.com"&gt;cward@syntegrallc.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Thomas E. Menighan, RPh, MBA, is the President of SynTegra, LLC,  and leads development and delivery of a full suite of operational and  regulatory compliance services for pharmaceutical and biotechnology  companies from product discovery to distribution. He is a past President  of the American Pharmacists Association (2001–2002) and is currently a  partner in Pharmacy Associates, Inc. He can be reached at &lt;a href="mailto:tmenighan@syntegrallc.com"&gt;tmenighan@syntegrallc.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-9066553369208383241?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/9066553369208383241'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/9066553369208383241'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/auditing-resources-for-managing-vendor.html' title='Auditing: Resources For Managing Vendor Oversight'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-7216328781727837757</id><published>2011-01-16T01:40:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:40:03.046-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Integrating Business Continuity as Part of Strategic Planning'/><title type='text'>Integrating Business Continuity as Part of Strategic Planning</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Bikash Chatterjee         &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;Much is written about the components of an  effective strategic plan and how best to develop one. The headlines,  filled with debates on pandemic preparedness and potential terrorist  threats, highlight the need to define and align key communication and  business corridors in the event of a catastrophe. From this debate,  Business Continuity Planning has emerged as a central component to  overall corporate well-being that all sectors of business recognize.1But  with the globalization of our business practices comes greater  probability for business disruption, as organizations attempt to align  cultures, languages, and customs into cohesive business entities.&lt;br /&gt;Previously, we discussed how current FDA and ICH guidance — and the  push to manage risk — has triggered a shift in thinking in terms of  product and process development in many business sectors. Yet, despite  the use of time-proven methodologies, such as Balanced Scorecards and  Strategy Maps for strategic planning, many organizations have not  integrated Business Continuity Planning into their overall strategic  thinking. While no one hopes for a disaster, defining the problem and  taking steps to keep your organization in business can make the  difference between surviving to fight another day and becoming a  casualty. This column takes a deeper look at laying out a Business  Continuity Plan for your organization.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="407" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/0408/art4fig1.gif" width="380" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;ELEMENTS OF A BUSINESS CONTINUITY PLAN (BCP)&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To develop and manage an effective Business Continuity Plan (BCP), we’ve  isolated four major activities, each of which focuses on key elements  that drive your business (Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Business Impact Analysis (BIA)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first step in moving toward an effective BCP is to conduct a  Business Impact Analysis (BIA), based on your organization’s long-term  strategic goals that accounts for the key elements of your organization.  A BIA will help you focus on identifying the effect of non-specific  events on your businessprocesses and customers.&lt;br /&gt;This analysis should not be done in a vacuum. You may integrate this  activity with other analysis tools such as a SWOT (Strengths, Weakness,  Opportunities, and Threats), Johari window, and market analysis  exercises to ensure all critical aspects of the business are addressed.&lt;br /&gt;Consider the categories listed below when calculating your  organization’s risk in the face of a catastrophic event. As you evaluate  each category, study the possible risk to each organizational element,  estimate the maximum time allowable to recover, and analyze the cost of  being out of operation. From this analysis, you can articulate a  recovery roadmap and set milestones as part of the tactical rollout.  While this constitutes the “heavy lifting” of the exercise, the basic  components of any organization can be distilled intothe following seven  elements:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Facilities&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;People&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Communication (IT)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Supply Chain&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Equipment&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Vital Records/Documentation&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Intellectual Property&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;b&gt;1. Facilities:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/i&gt; Identify points of failure within the  facility’s design and infrastructure. For instance, if the facility is  an aseptic operation, what would be the impact of a breach to the  sterile core? Is there a geographically separate facility available that  could support the products manufactured in the facility?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;2. People:&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; Most pharmaceutical and biotech operations  require a highly specialized workforce. What would the impact be if this  workforce were disrupted and were not available to support  manufacturing (as in the case of Hurricane Katrina)?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;3. Communication:&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; More than ever, our industry’s nerve  center revolves around its information infrastructure, particularly  given the industry’s use of contract manufacturing (CMO) and research  (CRO) organizations to support clinical and commercial programs. What  would the impact be if these communication ties were lost, or worse, if  data were lost? How quickly could the communication corridor be  replaced? How will you handle the change management requirements?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;4. Supply Chain: &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;The supply chain feeds the  organization’s revenue engine. Procurement, warehousing, material  handling, and distribution require visibility into the current  production stream and forecasted demand stream. Configuration management  considerations for all components are central to ensuring quality and  regulatory compliance. So what would the impact be in the case of  disruption? The availability of qualified alternate suppliers may be  critical to ensuring ongoing operations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;5. Equipment:&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; Many processes require customized  equipment to support operations. Often Biotech processes, even those  with identical fermentation and purification equipment, do not behave  the same way when transferred to alternate equipment. What would be the  impact of repeating process development studies on new equipment?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;6. Vital Records/Documentation:&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; Documentation is the  cornerstone of our quality management system. Our internal process and  external process (recall, adverse events, etc.) are predicated on access  to these documents. An inability to recover critical documentation may  not put only future products in jeopardy, but also product currently in  the field. The roll-through impacts of withdrawing critical therapies  cannot support the current regulatory requirements can greatly affect  your business as well as the customers that rely on these products.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;7. Intellectual Property: &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Socio-economic issues, such  as pandemic outbreaks, may be raised if an organization is unable to  provide the therapies required to support customers who depend on them.  For that reason, you may need multiple manufacturers with available  capacity to make your product. In such cases, how will you ensure your  rights are protected?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Risk Assessment (RA)&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Risk Assessment (RA) phase consists of prioritizing the identified  business disruptions based upon severity and likelihood of occurrence,  and will have a profound impact on the effectiveness of the final BCP.  If the threat scenarios you develop are too narrow, then the resulting  BCP may not adequately protect the organization from an undesirable  business interruption. The RA should analyze all risks to the business,  including its employees, customers, and investors/shareholders: in  short, assess all entities which would be affected by a business  disruption. If your organization has a legacy BCP, you shouldcompare it  against your updated risk assessment summaries.&lt;br /&gt;During the RA, business process and business impact assumptions will  be stressed using different threat scenarios, based upon severity and  likelihood of occurrence. The result is a series of outcomes, some that  have straightforward mitigation requirements and some that require a  more involved business continuity plan. Threat scenarios should address  both the business disruption and probability of occurrence, ranging from  low-impact, high-probability threats, such as a brief power outage, to  high-impact, low-probability threats, such as an earthquake or a  terrorist attack. While high-probability threats may at first seem like  the higher priority, it is the low-probability threats that are the more  complex for which to prepare. A balanced perspective in preparation  will be essential to avoid following the path of least resistance. When  assessing the probability of a threat, the RA should consider  geographical location (floodplain, access to water for processing) and  proximity to critical infrastructure (power stations, points of national  interest, airports, etc.). There is no mandatory toolset required to do  this analysis. Classical risk analysis tools such as a Failure Modes  and Effects Analysis (FMEA), Fault Tree Analysis, or your own  organization’s proprietary analysis methodology may all be used in the  assessment. At the conclusion of the exercise, the RA should summarize  and prioritize the threatsto the organization’s ability to meet its  strategic initiatives.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Risk Management &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, with a clear picture of the prioritized threats to the  organization, the next step is Risk Management itself, which involves  developing a business continuity plan to describe the steps necessary to  mitigate risk. A wellwritten BCP documents the strategy, policies, and  procedures required to maintain, recover, and stabilize critical  business operations after a business disruption. While it is impossible  to consider all threats to a business’s operation, your plan should be  flexible enough to adapt to changing threat scenarios. Your detailed BCP  will describe the crisis management organization structure including  decision-making and plan-execution processes such as financing,resource  management, and communication platforms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Risk Monitoring&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The final step establishes a program that ensures your plan remains  relevant as your organization grows Review this plan on an annual basis  to ensurethe policies and procedures reflect the current needs of the  company. It is prudent to have the plan reviewed by an external  consultant or auditor who is experienced both in your industry and in  the establishment of BCPs. A word to the wise: choosing a BCP auditor  from outside the regulated life sciences industry may add risk to your  assessment given the unique regulatory and process constraints  associated with manufacturing drug products. Finally, update your plan  to reflect changes in key personnel and organizational structure. A BCP  Process flow-down chart is shown in Figure 2 and contains all four  elements of theprocess we’ve described.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt=" " height="706" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/0408/art4fig2.gif" width="203" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;CONCLUSION&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A clearly articulated BCP forms the foundation for business performance  and is strategic to the long-term health of your organization. As  pharmaceuticaland biotech companies leverage contract organizations  around the world, interdependence between each piece of the business  model increases. An organization’s inability to progress against these  strategic objectives can have a profound effect on the organization and  its shareholders. More importantly, in the event of life-sustaining  therapies, it can have a huge impact on society and the population at  large. By following the four phases necessary to develop a comprehensive  BCP, an organization can pursue the opportunities presented by emerging  countries in terms of manufacturing and clinical expertise aswell as  mitigate global threats to their business operations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;i&gt;1. Recently, the SEC implemented NASDAQ’s rule 3510  and 3520,and the New York Stock Exchange implemented rule 446  specifically to ensure business continuity in the event of an unplanned  business disruption, such as a terrorist attack.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;i&gt;Bikash Chatterjee is the president of Pharmatech Associates, Inc.  He has been involved in the bio-pharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, medical  device and diagnostics industry for over 20 years. His expertise  includes site selection, project management, design, and validation of  facilities for both U.S. and European regulatory requirements.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-7216328781727837757?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/7216328781727837757'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/7216328781727837757'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/integrating-business-continuity-as-part.html' title='Integrating Business Continuity as Part of Strategic Planning'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-8398380090727064571</id><published>2011-01-16T01:39:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:39:20.737-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Exhausting Your Options'/><title type='text'>Exhausting Your Options</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Kenneth J. Fisher         &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;&lt;b&gt;Facilities and purchasing managers can achieve  positive results for fire safety and occupant health and safety while  capturing cost efficiencies through green system material selection. &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Semiconductor industry facilities and purchasing managers who are key  decision makers for systems and materials selection need to rethink and  broaden their approach in selecting, specifying, and purchasing an  industrial fume exhaust duct system. By broadening their perspective and  taking into consideration the long-term value, the best in “green”  class fume exhaust duct systems will ultimately deliver the rewards of  reducing waste and improving system sustainability.&lt;br /&gt;The robust fume exhaust duct systems approved for the semiconductor  industry are containment systems with specialty lining consisting of a  fluoropolymer coating or a composite. The fluoropolymer and composite  lining’s purpose is to protect the duct containment system from  corrosion and chemical attack by the volatile chemicals, toxic fumes,  and corrosive vapors. These fume exhaust duct systems transfer the  contaminated air produced by the semiconductor manufacturing process to  fume abatement scrubber systems. The abatement scrubber systems are  typically water sprayed across numerous filaments that wash toxic  exhaust air to a clean state before the clean air can be dischargedin to  the atmosphere.&lt;br /&gt;The semiconductor industry is known to be extremely progressive and  continually changing, relentless in the pursuit of new designs and best  inclass practices. The saying, “the only thing thatremains the same is  change” fits the industry perfectly. We often reador hear news of an  excitingleading edge technology in chip design which reduces  manufacturing costs and improves deviceperformance. The result from the  implementation ofthis technology is a win-win providing efficienciesand  performance which typically benefit both thecompany and the ultimate end  consumer.&lt;br /&gt;Facilities systems and operations are not as intense or multifaceted  as the manufacturing systems which produce a DRAM or flash memory.  However, the search for new technologies and the best in class practices  related to facilities systems and operations are an aggressive and an  ongoing effort because they too can have a positive influence on a  semiconductor company’s bottom line. Facilities systems and their  continual 24 hours a day, 7 days a week operation become a part of the  company’s long term expense budget. Facility managers are tasked to  evaluate, align, and implement cost reduction initiatives on their site  to closely match what other industry leaders set as the benchmark for  best practices.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="Various arrangements of a wet bench and associated fume exhaust ductwork." height="366" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/0708/art1fig1.gif" width="380" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;MATERIAL ADVANCEMENTS &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Taking a deeper look in facilities systems and operations, and  specifically a more comprehensive assessment of the fume exhaust duct  systems, we find new a new set of system challenges and rewards. The new  challenge for facility managers is to define and implement their  company’s progressive approach to be a responsible industry leader  pushing for and supporting the green movement in search of sustainable  fume exhaust ductsystems. The rewards are the reduction of waste,  reductionof energy use, and cost efficiencies while  buildingenvironmentally friendly system awareness and acceptance.&lt;br /&gt;Improved material chemistry advancements in fume exhaust duct systems  over the years have facilitated positive results for fire safety,  occupant health and safety while at the same time providing cost  efficiencies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;FIRE SAFETY &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The importance of the continual development of standards, testing, and  audits ensure that the fume exhaust systems meet or exceed occupant  health and safety requirements. The industry has the progressive  involvement of FM Approvals, a nationally recognized testing laboratory  that certifies industrial and commercial products and services that  support property loss prevention. FM Approvals continues to be the  dominant organization in setting the highest mark in the development of  the testing and certification of fume exhaust duct systems for the  semiconductor industry. FM Approvals Standard 4922 (FM4922), “Approval  Standard For Fume Exhaust Ducts or Fume and Smoke Exhaust Ducts,”  (available at &lt;a href="http://www.fmapprovals.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.fmapprovals.com&lt;/a&gt;)  is the criteria all suppliers mustmeet or exceed in order earn FM  Approvals’ certification which indicatesthat such equipment meets the  highest property loss prevention standards in thesemiconductor industry.&lt;br /&gt;FM4922 evaluates fume exhaust ducts for their performance in regard  to fire spread on the inner and outer surface of the duct, and  suitability of the duct to be used for smoke removal. FM4922 is an  extremely stringent test for any supplier to pass. When you consider  what is at stake, occupant safety and the ever increasing cost of a  semiconductor fabrication facility now in the billions of dollars, you  can understand why the test is necessary and why the test has gained  global acceptance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;INNER COATINGS &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fume exhaust duct suppliers invest heavily in their fabrication and  coating application operations, their quality controls, and continual  training of team members on best practices to produce a product that  will pass the stringent FM4922. Fume exhaust suppliers continually  explore and develop new processes and technologies to enhance their  existing systems’ performance to keep pace with changes of the  semiconductor industry. There are numerous statistics on the various  grades of the different fume exhaust duct inner protective linings ETFEs  (Ethylene – TetraFluoroEthylene) and ECTFEs (Ethylene – ChloroTri-  FluorEthylene) and composites making up the FRPs (Fiberglass Reinforced  Plastic) used by the different fume exhaust duct suppliers. These  statistics can be presented in a manner to show one fume exhaust system  is superior over the other, and yet when the truth be known, there are  more partial system failures due the improper installation of the fume  exhaust systems then there are partial failures with fluoropolymer  coatings or composites that make up the systems.&lt;br /&gt;The reality is, even though FM Approvals provides the highest of  standards and the most rigorous testing for fume exhaust duct systems in  the semiconductor industry, and the fume exhaust duct systems suppliers  invest heavily in their operations, people, and R&amp;amp;D to produce a  best in class system which meets or surpasses FM4922 — this is not  enough. The reason it is not enough is because FM Approvals and fume  exhaust suppliers are not the decision makers who ultimately design,  specify system type, and purchase the best in “green” class system for a  specific fume condition. Nor will they be ultimately responsible for  the system maintenance long-term, the rework of the system, and at some  point the disposal of the installed fume exhaust systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;CHOOSING A GREEN FUME EXHAUST SYSTEM &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Facility and purchasing managers in the semiconductor industry have an  excellent opportunity to leverage their technical knowledge, evaluate  and prioritize initiatives, and pursue their final selection of a  fumeexhaust duct system that promotes and produces greenrewards.&lt;br /&gt;Here are just a few green points to consider when selecting a best in  “green” class fume exhaust system:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;What are the impacts to the environment when the system is  manufactured for use?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Where is the fume exhaust system manufactured and what is the travel  distance, cost, and impact?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Is the system easy to install, retrofit, and remove?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Are there environmental impacts to an occupied space during system  install?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Is the system impacted by ultraviolet light?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Can the fume exhaust duct be field cut and installed to meet a  special length requirement without damaging the integrity of the  protection surface?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Does the system require additional system support protection  systems, e.g. fire sprinklers, etc.?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;What system maintenance is required long-term and at what cost?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Can the system be reused for fume exhaust?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Can the system be reused for other exhaust systems?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;What percentage of the system can be reused?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Can the system be easily packaged and stored for reuse?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Can the system be recycled?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;What percentage of the system can be recycled?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Are their special hazardous material disposal requirements after  system is removed from operation?&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Evaluating and recognizing the positive economic potential associated  with selecting a fire safe, green fume exhaust duct system is an  affirmative step forward for facilities and purchasing managers  responding to the semiconductor industry’s challenge to push forward in  search for the best in “green” class system sustainability, performance,  and the reduction of system waste.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;i&gt;Kenneth J. Fisher Sr.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;i&gt; is Director,  COR*Guard with 17 years experience in Semiconductor Industry Facilities  Engineering, Construction, and Planning. He has 8 years experience in  Fluoropolymer coated stainless steel fume exhaust duct. COR*Guard is a  supplier of stainless steel industrial fume exhaust duct system,  PRIME*GUARD, for the Semiconductor Industry. He can be contacted at &lt;a href="mailto:Ken@corguard.net"&gt;Ken@corguard.net&lt;/a&gt;; &lt;a href="http://www.corguard.net/" target="_blank"&gt;www.corguard.net&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Dyneon LLC, a 3M Company and one of the world's leading  fluoropolymer suppliers with operations and representation in more than  50 countries offers a wide selection of advanced fluoropolymer  materials. Dyneon has developed COR*Guard's ETFE coating system meeting  the stringent requirements for corrosion and fire resistance for acid  laden fume ducts used in semiconductor industrial applications. DyneonT  ETFE is a unique Dyneon copolymer of tetrafluoroethyleneand ethylene.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-8398380090727064571?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/8398380090727064571'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/8398380090727064571'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/exhausting-your-options.html' title='Exhausting Your Options'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-4249673152289741319</id><published>2011-01-16T01:37:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:37:14.571-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Ergonomically Speaking'/><title type='text'>Ergonomically Speaking</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Bill  Fleming        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Operator interface systems for controlled  environments are becoming more user-friendly.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the past, ergonomics have not been a prime consideration for  industrial designs. But, when industrial engineers and designers omit  ergonomics from their plans, they compromise the safe and efficient  operation of equipment in controlled environments, which leads to  injuries, equipment damage, and costly retrofits.&lt;br /&gt;Although ergonomics play an increasingly important role in the design  of operator interfaces and computer systems, the U.S. government has  left the implementation of ergonomic principles up to individual  industries to regulate. To address workplace concerns, standards-based  organizations have released practice guidelines and standards for  ergonomics.&lt;br /&gt;For example, the ISO 11064 (Ergonomic Design of Control Centers)  international standard recommends a top-down approach to ergonomic  controlled environment design that emphasizes functional demands. This  approach recognizes that even if a controlled environment is  well-designed, the overall system will fail if workers are overloaded,  poorly trained, or straining to read illegible operator interface  monitors.&lt;br /&gt;With these guidelines available to industry, and with the U.S. Census  Bureau reporting that half of all adults use computers in the  workplace, more and more companies are discovering that ergonomically  sound workstations and operator interface systems are more productive.  That’s why the new modus operandi of industrial designers is to account  for how operators and systems interface in the working environment.&lt;br /&gt;Perhaps the most important questions in the design of controlled  areas and their operator interface systems are, “What does the user  want?” and “What is the user trying to achieve?” Each question and its  answer will affect the design of a controlled environment and its  systems, as well as impact the comfort and productivity of the operators  slated to work in those areas.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DESIGN PRINCIPLES &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Operator productivity and safety depend on the layout and design of the  tools provided to the operators. As such, there are clear advantages to  systems created with ergonomics in mind.&lt;br /&gt;Operator interface systems must be able to accommodate a variety of  users and their postures. Proper ergonomic design of a workstation takes  into account an operator’s posture, movement, and visual comfort.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Posturing &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In controlled environments, operators may be seated for long periods of  time or be required to stand at a workstation. Operators who are  sedentary may suffer from shift work fatigue and decreased alertness  because sitting for long shifts reduces blood flow and promotes sleep.  Some of the best operator interfaces relieve this fatigue by allowing a  wide range of comfortable postures.&lt;br /&gt;Variability in posturing can be achieved by using vertically  adjustable workstations that allow users to sit or stand; integrating  track balls and joy sticks for input devices; installing keyboards at  optimal reach distances to eliminate extreme ranges of motion; and using  ergonomically correct chairs that adjust to different heights.  Additionally, workstations should be designed to consider eye height,  elbow height, and eye-elbow height difference so as to not install  components (such as keyboards) too high or too low.&lt;br /&gt;Eye height ranges from 41 to 51 inches for seated workers and from 56  to 69 inches for standing workers, and elbow height varies between 22  and 28 inches for seated workers and 36 to 45 inches for standing  workers. Whether seated or standing, the eye-elbow difference is the  same. For the U.S. population, that difference ranges from just less  than 19 inches (women) to slightly more than 23 inches (men).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Visual comfort &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As industries see more and more process automation, operators are  spending more time interacting with computer workstations. When these  workstations are installed at incorrect levels, an operator’s visual  comfort can be compromised by eye strain, neck strain, or a combination  of both.&lt;br /&gt;Designers can help prevent operator neck strain by situating  workstation monitors at the proper gaze angle. The general  recommendation is to place the monitor so that the top of the viewing  area is at or slightly below the user’s horizontal eye level. This  places the center of the screen at the ideal 15 to 20 degrees below eye  level for most monitors.&lt;br /&gt;In controlled areas where operators use several monitors at a time,  screens are generally installed in a horizontal arc in front of the  workstation. These monitors should be in a user’s direct field of  vision. After a period of lateral eye movement, a person’s head will  turn automatically when responding to eye movement, and this excessive  head and neck rotation can result in strain and fatigue. A common way to  prevent this problem is to situate keyboards and other controls in  front of the monitors. Writing surfaces and storage spaces should be  installed on the sides of these workspaces.&lt;br /&gt;Monitor tilt also impacts visual and postural comfort. Screens that  tilt forward increase neck, upper back, and visual discomfort compared  to those tilting backward. An optimal tilt angle for monitors ranges  from 5 to 20 degrees back from the vertical plane. Despite the chosen  angle, care should be taken that ambient lighting does not cause screen  reflection and glare.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;NOISE AND LIGHT LEVELS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Operator interfaces are only as good as the environment in which they  are installed. Due to their job specifications, operators can be  subjected to high levels of stress, which also contributes to shift work  fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;Ambient noise, alarms, printers, and traffic through a controlled  environment can distract operators and can interfere with communication  during emergencies. By routing traffic away from operator interfaces and  isolating other equipment from a controlled environment, plant  designers can reduce ambient noise. In areas where noise can not be  avoided, operator interfaces can be surrounded by acoustical treatments  to pad sound levels.&lt;br /&gt;The placement of ambient and task lighting in controlled areas must  be considered when selecting an operator interface in order to prevent  glare on monitors. Light levels impact alertness, and appropriate light  levels are necessary to prevent eye strain. So designers must achieve a  careful balance of ambient lighting and task lighting by which operators  can successfully use controls. For controlled environments, ambient  lighting in a range of 300 to 650 lux is adequate. Task lighting set at  about 600 lux should shine on work surfaces.&lt;br /&gt;All elements of operator interfaces should be integrated  systematically and as early as possible in a controlled environment’s  design phase. The design of the operator interface influences the layout  of an operator’s workspace, the location of visual displays, and the  size, shape and placement of workstations relative to those interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;INTERFACE SELECTION &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reducing operator stress and enhancing alertness and productivity are  the goals of properly selecting an ergonomic operator interface.&lt;br /&gt;Selecting an ergonomic operator interface begins with a task  analysis. This is a detailed study of how operators carry out parts of  their jobs and how they interact with the equipment used to perform  those jobs. Task analysis can include the following considerations:  workload, corporate culture, situational awareness, and communication.&lt;br /&gt;Designers also should consider environmental factors such as ambient  noise and light levels, as well as the need to share space in the  workplace. Interfaces may need to fold up, swing back and forth, or move  up and down to allow other work to be performed with in the same  footprint. Luckily, today’s manufacturers offer lines of ergonomically  friendly designs that maximize controlled area design.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Vertically adjustable systems typically provide up to 30 inches of  counterbalanced repositioning with rotational articulation. They can be  attached to a wall, floor post, ceiling, or machine top.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Console systems are designed to provide improved process visibility.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In-wall stations fit into the confines of a shallow wall, minimizing  the protrusion in to the controlled environment. Front door access  permits interior access to internal components without compromising the  wall seal.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On-wall stations mount directly to the wall via tabs or holes in the  rear of the enclosure. They are suited for controlled areas where space  is at a premium.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Mobile systems allow operators to bring the interface to the  process, eliminating the need for multiple fixed stations. Mobile  systems are suited for bulk product, batch pre-weigh or quality  assurance applications, and they usually are outfitted with integrated  weight scales, bar code scanners, and label printers.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Vertically adjustable operator interfaces offer a solid ergonomic  solution, particularly when the operator is required to spend long  periods of time at the interface. This configuration allows for easy  adjustment between different-sized operators and precise positioning of  the display. These interfaces also allow an operator to use the display  for setup and subsequent repositioning up and out of the way during  operations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DON’T OVERLOOK COMPONENTS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tools such as the touch screens, keyboards, and pointer devices are of  great importance when designing operator interfaces, too.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Touch screens: &lt;/strong&gt;Although touch screens are not used  in all industrial applications, studies have shown that they are  beneficial to operators. When under high levels of stress, some  operators have difficulty using a mouse to find and click an icon on the  desktop. Those same operators may have less trouble using their finger  on a touch screen. The result is more touch screens appearing in  high-security and high-stress controlled environment applications.&lt;br /&gt;Touch screens also are the best choices for operator interfaces in  hazardous areas. The most popular touch screen technologies include  resistive, infrared, and SAW (surface acoustic wave).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Keyboards:&lt;/strong&gt; A variety of different keyboards are  available for operator interfaces. The best devices are built rugged to  withstand harsh environments. For example, desktop keyboards may come in  corrosion-resistant stainless steel or a durable ABS polycarbonate  casing. Membrane mechanical keyswitch keyboards are completely sealed  and easily cleaned, making them the preferred choice for harsh chemical  environments.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pointer Devices:&lt;/strong&gt; A vast number of pointer options  are also available for controlled areas. These include trackballs, glide  pads, and stainless steel mice. The stainless steel mouse is a recent  industrial innovation, and is NEMA 4X rated. The use of an industrial  mouse provides operators with a familiar pointing device, which can  improve comfort and efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;Finding an operator interface system that considers all of these  factors for multiple operators can be a tall order. Changes in  controlled environment technology and a better understanding of  ergonomics are changing operator interface systems. With more ergonomic  systems and components available to industrial consumers, control room  designers and engineers will be able to more realistically assess how  operators work at their workstations and outfit them with the best  systems to increase their comfort and productivity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bill Fleming &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;has served STRONGARM, Inc.  since 2001. His expertise is built on a 20-year career serving the  manufacturing needs of pharmaceutical and other process companies.  Fleming is a member of the International Society for Pharmaceutical  Engineering. &lt;a href="http://www.strongarm.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.strongarm.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-4249673152289741319?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/4249673152289741319'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/4249673152289741319'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/ergonomically-speaking.html' title='Ergonomically Speaking'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-8586252601838272947</id><published>2011-01-16T01:35:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:35:50.811-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Achieving True EH and S In Controlled Environments'/><title type='text'>Achieving True EH&amp;S In Controlled Environments</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Matt  Kopecky        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What most organizations require is  corporate-level, stringent process control.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Beyond the perennial concerns of profitability and competitive  advantage, life science organizations have a number of responsibilities  to carefully consider each day. Particularly in the area of  environmental health and safety (EH&amp;amp;S), organizations must ensure  the safety of their workers and test subjects, protect the community and  environment from any hazards associated with production or development,  adhere to governmental safety regulations, and maintain the integrity  of their corporate brand. The complex manufacturing processes  organizations have are designed to control the working environment to  ensure quality production, high productivity yield, safety, compliance,  and overall efficiency. However, sometimes the processes themselves are  not flexible enough to guarantee these results.&lt;br /&gt;Given these seemingly contradictory requirements, software vendors  are developing solutions to address these issues. Today, there are  modularbased software products on the market that promise to provide  organizations with this level of support. However, these products often  operate within the global organization as isolated, non-integrated  technical systems that do little in terms of corporate centralization  and process harmonization. Such programs fall short in perhaps the most  critical element of EH&amp;amp;S. They fail to provide a holistic, macro  view inside the inner-workings of the business to help ensure internal  and external standards adherence.&lt;br /&gt;This article will explore the myriad of business challenges  manufacturers face, as well as current solutions many of them use today  in an attempt to meet requirements. This piece will then discuss the  adverse impact these ill-equipped “quality control” systems can have on  the organization and what programs are available today to satisfy these  complex requirements while maintaining a profitable, viable business and  corporate image.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SAFETY CHALLENGES &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Life sciences companies are at the forefront of advanced research and  development and regularly work with new chemicals, processes, and  manufacturing methods. These green-field approaches often lead to new  discoveries that can offer a profound benefit to the world. Still, these  innovative discoveries do also come with a certain amount of risk —  i.e., potential harm to those performing these tests and the subjects of  those experiments, as well as public safety in terms of potential  environmental hazard. When a manufacturer identifies a weakness in the  area of equipment, process, or chemical testing, it is imperative that  the problem stops there before causing further damage. A centralized  EH&amp;amp;S quality management system can help stop these potentially  damaging developments in their tracks, across the organization. In turn,  this will minimize the negative impact on all internal and external  constituents.&lt;br /&gt;For example, imagine if a clinical technician found a breakdown in a  critical testing process in a cleanroom, and was unable to efficiently  and effectively communicate this to his or her counterparts across the  global life sciences organization. Unfortunately, this happens all the  time. When such a problem occurs, the department affected is only  equipped with the communication and safety documentation equipment  necessary to inform those within earshot. Those employees working in  similar facilities and testing environments across the world would never  get the benefit of receiving the same critical information. It is quite  easy to see how such a safety and drugdevelopment integrity problem  could then propagate throughout a large, international company posing  serious risks to all involved.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ENVIRONMENTAL/COMMUNITY HAZARD&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Life sciences organizations work with dangerous materials on a daily  basis and have strict policies and procedures with which to dispose of  such waste safely. Nevertheless, sometimes the risks posed by these  dangerous elements lie beyond the control of those tasked with handling  them safely. Take for example a drug development services company that  was using poorly constructed protective packaging to transport highly  sensitive drug samples from one location to another. Workers noticed  infiltration during transport that would compromise the viability of the  sample. If this problem was not caught in time, the implications to a  large study could be very serious causing delays, increased costs, and  perhaps safety concerns. Now imagine this exact same process, under  these very same conditions, was taking place across the company’s 36  other global facilities simultaneously — unbeknownst to those working  closely with it. It is easy to see how problematic such a situation  could become if not handled efficiently and properly in a centralized  and standardized manner.&lt;br /&gt;If this organization had an integrated environmental health and  safety management system that consolidated and shared all such reporting  across the company in a streamlined, centralized fashion, any problem  could be reported, shared, prevented, and corrected before it ever  becomes a widespread disaster. Without such a system, this type of  problem could have a negative impact that could easily spiral out of  control.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;REGULATORY COMPLIANCE&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In these high-risk industries, governmental regulatory compliance and  reporting is a business imperative that cannot be left to manual  processes and paper-based reminder mechanisms. These governmental checks  and balances are put in place to ensure overall health and safety. In  the U.S., agencies such as OSHA, EPA, and FDA require life sciences  companies to document and report on all safety matters to ensure proper  corrective and preventative action is taken.&lt;br /&gt;If a firm neglects to update and file its air and wastewater permits,  its leak detection and repair (LDAR) documentation, or its OSHA Form  300A (Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses), it leaves itself  vulnerable to hefty penalties and could put its own staff and customers  at risk for injury or death.&lt;br /&gt;Centralization of such procedures and documentation management helps  organizations remain diligent on all these matters. Without a central  system, permits may not be filed on time, reports may not be submitted,  forms may not be completed, and a company could be in violation of one  or more safety regulations. Manufacturing organizations and their  constituents cannot afford such neglect. A standardized, comprehensive  EH&amp;amp;S system can provide businesses the protection they need to  remain compliant, safe, and in control of critical matters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;BRAND INTEGRITY&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Large, public organizations are under tremendous scrutiny to perform  well these days—perhaps more than ever before. While safety performance  and compliance can affect an organization’s financial results, anything  negative that occurs in the safety area can put an organization’s brand  reputation in jeopardy. This can have a serious, detrimental impact on  its overall financial performance—not to mention the negative PR impact.&lt;br /&gt;Chemical spills, soil, water, or air contamination that affect public  safety can cripple a business’ integrity in the eyes of its  stakeholders. The key to containing the negative impact on all parties  is to manage these events early on at a company-wide level that is  designed to stop a problem before it has an enterprise-wide domino  effect.&lt;br /&gt;A properly designed and configured, centralized, and integrated  EH&amp;amp;S system provides organizations with a superior level of both  regulatory compliance and brand/image protection. If such a mechanism is  not in place, when incidents occur, they can snowball and adversely  impact an entire organization. In serious, high profile cases these  events can be severe enough in the eyes of the public and Wall Street to  impact a business’ ability to raise capital, conclude business  partnerships, expand market dominance, and could significantly affect  shareholder value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;INTEGRATED, HOLISTIC, AND CENTRALIZED EH&amp;amp;S SYSTEMS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Centralized and integrated enterprise software systems are currently  available on the market that can address these challenges. Their ability  to harmonize, standardize, and enable corporate-level communication,  visibility, and operational transparency is what makes them so  effective. These same systems in turn also drive other bottom-line  performance enhancements within the organization in terms of efficiency,  cost reduction, process improvement, product quality, risk mitigation,  and so much more.&lt;br /&gt;Here is how these types of centralized systems work: The software  system is installed at an enterprise level with certain corporate-wide  rules and policies that are mandated across the business. At the  departmental or geographic level, teams are able to customize the  software to best fit their needs, while adhering closely to all  corporate compliance requirements. This gives each office or department  the ability to interact with the software in a way that makes the most  sense for their specific business requirements and workflow demands  while not interfering with company-wide regulations.&lt;br /&gt;Since all relevant activities are entered into a single, integrated  system, the organization is given both micro-level visibility down to  small, day to day operations in any area of the business as well as  macrolevel reporting and data aggregation to see the collective impact  of such dispersed events.&lt;br /&gt;Specifically, such systems afford a business the following types of  benefits, and more:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Globalized harmonization around a common philosophy, approach, and  goals&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Standardized definitions and processes at the corporate and business  level&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Flexibility for site level variations&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Automated workflow, reporting, and event tracking&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Accountability assigning and tracking&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;The inclusive and automated enterprise software systems discussed in  this article proactively deal with events that could negatively impact  an organization in a diligent, accountable way while also working to  make continuous environmental health and safety improvements that  prevent such problems from ever occurring.&lt;br /&gt;In the end, what matters most in the world of safety and security is  that everything possible is being done to ensure overall well-being of  all parties involved. When even the slightest preventable oversight or  issue occurs, business reputation and even individual lives may be at  risk. Organizations need to examine their global safety tracking and  reporting systems frequently and make sure they are meeting current  organization needs and regulatory requirements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Matthew Kopecky&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; is Product Manager at  Sparta Systems, Inc. Mr. Kopecky held numerous analyst and development  positions at Johnson &amp;amp; Johnson Corporate before joining Sparta  Systems in 2004. Mr. Kopecky spent his first years at Sparta  implementing TrackWise systems at life sciences organizations as a  Product Specialist and has been a key contributor and manager with the  company’s Solutions Architecture team. &lt;a href="http://www.sparta-systems.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.sparta-systems.com&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-8586252601838272947?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/8586252601838272947'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/8586252601838272947'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/achieving-true-eh-in-controlled.html' title='Achieving True EH&amp;S In Controlled Environments'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-6922623299707709669</id><published>2011-01-16T01:33:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:33:23.189-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Controlled Environments in Canada'/><title type='text'>Controlled Environments in Canada</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Rob  Nightingale        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Government initiatives provide leadership  and other benefits to the pharmaceutical and biotech industries.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Canada is a rather unique country. It draws its cultural and  demographic experiences primarily from Western Europe and the United  States, though in recent years the influence of Asia has also been  prominent. As a result, Canada has tended to be less ideologically  conservative than the United States, to the extent that some might claim  socialist leanings. Regardless, Canadian governments take an active  role in industry and are not usually as laissez-faire as its southern  neighbors.&lt;br /&gt;From a cleanroom or controlled environment perspective, the Federal  and Provincial Governments both operate cleanrooms and promote  technology based industries that dominate these environments. Both  levels of government have continued to support research and development  that promotes high technology discoveries and the resulting employment  spin-offs. This support is multi-faceted, and can be either passive,  including tax incentives for research and development, or hands-on,  including both federally or provincially operated cleanrooms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;GOVERNMENTAL SUPPORT &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The passive governmental support in Canada can also be divided into  either federal or provincial factions, and as a result the methods dif  differ substantially. On the federal level, government has enacted and  supports industry-specific groups through Industry Canada, a division of  the Ministry of Industry. Some of the groups promoted include Biote  Canada, a portal to disseminate biotech news, financing, and technology  transfer. Similarly, Industry Canada has also created the Life Sciences  Trade Network. It provides information about target markets,  intelligence about business opportunities, including assistance in trade  fairs and missions in addition to other matchmaking events. In real  terms, this consists of promotion and technical assistance at trade  fairs such as BIO 2009, which will be held at the Georgia World Congress  Centre in Atlanta, GA and is billed as the world’s largest, global  biotechnology conference, and at MEDICA in Düsseldorf, Germany,  representing Canada’s medical device manufacturing sector.&lt;br /&gt;The federal government has also lead with progressive patent  legislation and protection that has garnered growth for both major and  smaller pharmaceutical manufacturers. These firms are supported through a  government encouraged association called Canada’s Research-Based  Pharmaceutical Companies (Rx&amp;amp;D), which is a national association  representing over 50 research-based pharmaceutical companies in Canada.  So as not to promote favoritism, the federal government also supports  the Canadian Generic Pharmaceutical Association (CGPA). CGPA represents  manufacturers and distributors of finished generic pharmaceutical  products, manufacturers, and distributors of active pharmaceutical  chemicals, and suppliers of other goods and services to the generic  pharmaceutical industry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TAX INCENTIVES &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of the most passive means used by the Canadian Government to support  high technology based industries is through what are known as ITC tax  credits, which are handed out through the Scientific Research and  Experimental Development (SR&amp;amp;ED) Tax Credit Program. The SR&amp;amp;ED  tax credit is an ongoing program that essentially allows a company to do  experimental research, and deduct the hard and soft costs (capital  equipment and overhead) from their annual corporate taxes, in addition  to other capital expenditure write downs. The program is run through  Revenue Canada, the equivalent of the IRS, and is audited by both  financial and scientific officers to ensure authenticity of the research  and tax claims. In 2007, the SR&amp;amp;ED tax program financed over C$6  billion in private sector research, or approximately 38% of Canada’s  private sector research and development, according to Industry Canada  findings. Approximately C$3.8 billion of the R&amp;amp;D investment included  industries that use cleanrooms and controlled environments for their  R&amp;amp;D and manufacturing processes. Provincial governments also support  this tax, which allows a provincial tax benefit as well.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;PROVINCIAL SUPPORT &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Provincial support for cleanroom related industries has also taken an  indirect and direct approach. They have supported private initiatives in  life sciences, biotech, and nanotechnologies through provincial  agencies such as Investissement Québec which provides a range of  services including liaison to venture capital. In Ontario, through the  Ministry of Economic Development and Trade, the provincial government  has provided a range of resources including direct investment, as was  the case this past year with an investment of C$10 million in Bioniche  Life Sciences’s expansion of its Belleville, Ontario facility for a  state-of-the-art vaccine manufacturing plant. Other provinces have  demonstrated similar initiatives to promote life sciences and biotech  among other critical manufacturing and R&amp;amp;D programs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;GOVERNMENT-OPERATED CLEANROOMS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Canadian government also manages cleanrooms. Through the federally  funded National Research Council, several cleanrooms provide research  and technology development for programs such as the NRC-IMI Functional  Nanomaterials group and the NRC Industrial Materials Institute, whose  principal applications are dental and orthopedic implants as well as the  production of medical device components. A unique federal-provincial  collaboration has brought about the National Institute for  Nanotechnology (NINT) in Edmonton, Alberta. The $52.2 million facility  is designed to provide the optimal conditions for nano-scale research  and to foster collaboration between researchers. The NINT facility has  specialized spaces that include laboratories for chemical and  biochemical synthesis and analysis of the material structure at the  atomic scale; and a Class 1000 cleanroom for the production of  nano-structured systems. The Government of Alberta provided $40 million  for the building as a part of their commitment to the NINT initiative.&lt;br /&gt;One of the lesser known government- run cleanrooms in Canada is the  National Microbiology Laboratory (NML), located in the Canadian Science  Centre for Human and Animal Health in Winnipeg, Manitoba. This modern  state-of-the-art facility houses the NML’s Biological Safety Level 4  (BSL-4) containment laboratory, currently Canada’s only BSL-4  laboratory. As a maximum containment facility, the NML deals with the  most serious human and animal pathogens and diseases, such as SARS,  Ebola, and Lassa fever.&lt;br /&gt;It is difficult to assess the benefits of the combined passive and  active leadership of the Canadian governments in the area of controlled  environments. Clearly, the passive means has lead to greater research  and development spending, and a growing pharmaceutical and biotech  industrial infrastructure, though some might contend that this has  failed to spur growth in microelectronics related manufacturing. As for  active participation, much of the same could be said, though there seems  to be some glimmers in the fabrication of MEMS and CCD devices and new  start-ups that are using the government initiatives to fund and assist  in their development.&lt;br /&gt;So what’s doing in Canada? Just keep looking for this column to find  out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rob Nightingale&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; is Director of Research  and Development, Ameripride Services Inc., and Canadian Linen and  Uniform Services, CleanStyle Cleanroom Division. He has 20 years of  experience in human source contamination and cleanroom apparel  processing, as founder and President of Cleanroom Garments™, with  multiple cleanrooms supporting a vast array of cleanroom applications  from aseptic fill operations, aerospace, and MEMS fabrication, to  automotive paint spray operations. He is also a co-owner of several  international patents for cleanroom soil removal processes. He holds  bachelor and masters degrees in international relations from The  University of Windsor, Canada, and is also a senior member of the  Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-6922623299707709669?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6922623299707709669'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6922623299707709669'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/controlled-environments-in-canada.html' title='Controlled Environments in Canada'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-1243681441642792168</id><published>2011-01-16T01:32:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:32:44.568-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Green Cleaning'/><title type='text'>Green Cleaning</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Barbara Kanegsberg         &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Green, environmentally-preferred,  sustainable, biobased, safe — the terms are sometimes used  interchangeably. However, their meaning and interpretation really depend  on one’s viewpoint. &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;The following thoughts on green cleaning represent my viewpoint. I  did, after all, volunteer to write this article; and, at this point I  have been involved in precision and industrial cleaning activities for  decades.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;GREEN EVOLUTION &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;My own view of green cleaning has evolved; and will no doubt continue to  change. About a generation ago, I became involved in (“was coerced  into” might be a more apt description) industrial and precision cleaning  as a consequence of the move away from ozone depleting chemicals,  specifically CFC-113 (chlorofluorocarbon 113, popularly known under the  trade names Freon or Genesolv) and TCA (1,1,1- trichloroethane). Both  were considered relatively benign to workers; they were inexpensive,  plentiful, and widely used in industry. Unfortunately, given their  molecular stability, they reach the stratosphere, releasing chlorine  free radicals that destroy the protective ozone layer.&lt;br /&gt;Both were phased out of production under the Montreal Protocol; the  phase-out presented an acute problem for industry. Typical precision or  critical cleaning processes were straightforward; processes depended on  repeated spraying, ultrasonic cleaning, and vapor phase degreasing with  CFC-113 and/or TCA. Perhaps a bit of isopropyl alcohol might be used; a  final rinse/drying step in acetone was popular. Aqueous cleaning was  often consigned to industrial, rather than critical, cleaning  applications.&lt;br /&gt;As the availability of CFC-113 and TCA decreased and the costs  increased, a wide variety of aqueous and solvent based cleaning  chemistries became available. So-called “non-chemical” cleaning such as  CO&lt;sub&gt;2&lt;/sub&gt; snow and plasma cleaning were considered. It gradually  dawned on many in manufacturing that cleaning is not a chemical, it is a  process. In electronics, water-washable and so-called “no-clean” fluxes  were introduced. Cleaning processes were tested and validated; crucial  customer requirements were met; irrelevant customer requirements were  negotiated away. The manufacturing world did not wither and die; it  thrived.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IT’S NOT EASY BEING GREEN &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We helped to protect the ozone layer. In fact, the U.S. EPA  “Stratospheric Ozone Protection” award is proudly displayed in my  office. Protecting the ozone layer, while necessary, was not sufficient.  The concept of green still eludes us. The stakes are higher; the  pathway to success is more complex.&lt;br /&gt;Many of the chemicals that were initially instituted as replacements  for ozone-depleters have themselves come under fire by safety and/or  environmental regulatory agencies. We protected the stratospheric ozone  layer, but often adopted substitutes that impact tropo - spheric (smog  producing) ozone. Aqueous processes were adopted; but the impact of  waste streams were either not understood or not adequately dealt with.  As more studies were performed, issues of worker safety and neighborhood  safety increased. With increasing regulatory scrutiny and given the  costs to develop new cleaning chemistries, finding appropriate cleaning  agents has become a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;Environmental and worker safety regulations are becoming increasingly  stringent. The “regulatory distress” of a given cleaning agent depends  on a complex blend of local, regional, and national regulations. A given  chemical may be either favored or essentially banned, depending on  where you alight on this planet. Effective cleaning agents that can be  readily adopted are decreasing, and may be sitespecific.&lt;br /&gt;At the same time, manufacturers are faced with increasingly tough  performance requirements. Mini - ature and micro-components as well as  nano-based products all involve surfaces with exacting qualities and  properties. Critical or precision cleaning activities have increased.&lt;br /&gt;Perhaps in response to this complexity, there is a growing trend in  some regulatory and industrial groups toward a more holistic view. The  concept of cleaning operations that utilize principles of pollution  prevention has been supplanted by the concept of sustainable cleaning  processes. The concept of “cradle to cradle” is supplanting that of  “cradle to grave” to describe manufacturing operations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MEETING THE REGULATIONS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The reality is that the “command and control” regulatory approach is  still the norm. Given limited technical and economic resources, many  companies struggle to understand, interpret, and meet a complex and  perhaps conflicting set of safety and environmental regulations.&lt;br /&gt;Certainly, meeting or exceeding the regulations is necessary, but it  is not sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;The regulations are complex and ever-changing. A company may adopt  what appears to be a sustainable, environmentally-preferred cleaning  process, only to discover within a few years that their efforts are  insufficient or even counterproductive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;VOCS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For many manufacturers, green cleaning has become using a specific  chemical or group of cleaning agents, or avoiding a specific chemical or  group of chemicals. For example, some manufacturers have adopted all  aqueous processes; or they use acetone or some other VOC-exempt compound  extensively.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Acetone?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) produce smog; but not all VOCs are  created equal. While acetone has been declared “VOC-exempt” at the  Federal level,&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; the exemption does not mean that acetone does  not contribute to smog. It does, but at a rate below a threshold set by  the EPA.&lt;br /&gt;As a result of the exemption, acetone has been adopted extensively in  areas of poor air quality. In terms of air pollution, in some locales  it is treated essentially like water, so people use a great deal of  acetone. Aside from issues of materials compatibility and flammability,  this means that a great deal of acetone is emitted to the air. It is, in  a way, like a reduced, but not zero, calorie cookie. If you eat enough  of them, you can still gain weight. Emit enough acetone, and you still  produce smog. Given the lack of availability of other VOC exempt options  that are cost effective, reasonably aggressive, and volatile, my  colleagues and I have observed significant increases in acetone use in  cleaning.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Other approaches to VOC reduction &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Other scenarios might reduce the current dependence on acetone for  cleaning. All have pros and cons. Using smaller amounts of non-exempt  VOCs may result in more effective cleaning, with less solvent usage, and  less smog production. However, many local regulatory agencies take a  dim view of this approach, preferring to show decreases in the amount of  VOCs in their area. That is, reduction in the inventory of VOCs is used  as a measure of how well the agencies themselves are doing.&lt;br /&gt;Another possibility is to foster aqueous cleaning agents, with the  VOC content “as applied” below a certain limit; this approach has been  used in Southern California. In some areas and applications, the vapor  pressure of the cleaning agent is considered. Not all agencies find this  to be appropriate, preferring to effectively expunge non-exempt organic  compounds from the list of options for industry.&lt;br /&gt;Alternatively, there is the concept of relative reactivity, &lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;  where the inherent smog-producing potential of all organic compounds is  considered, whether or not these chemicals are in aqueous-based or  solvent-based process materials or cleaning agents. There are some moves  toward adopting relative reactivity, particularly in California. At the  same time, there is some concern, particularly among formulators, that  using relative reactivity might result in a recordkeeping quagmire. With  the proliferation of spreadsheets and related programs others see those  concerns as perhaps less relevant than, say ten years ago. And, there  could be an option for suppliers to use either the VOC/exempt approach  (an either/or, “line in the sand” approach), or to use the more detailed  relative reactivity approach.&lt;br /&gt;The bottom line is that perhaps inventive approaches to how  government looks at VOCs could result in greener, more sustainable, and  more productive cleaning processes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TOXICITY&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Cleaning chemicals have a specific job to do — to break chemical bonds  that cause soils to adhere. Since many or most soils are organic,  chemicals that are effective for cleaning can interact negatively with  biological entities like people. It is therefore, no surprise that many  of the most effective cleaning chemistries have toxicity.&lt;br /&gt;One solution, adopted or favored by many regula - tory agencies, is  to ban or severely restrict the use of many toxic chemicals. This can  have, however, an analogous effect as the use of acetone to reduce VOCs.  That is, manufacturers might be driven to use more of a less toxic  material when the smaller amount of the toxic, appropriately contained,  would be both cost effective and minimize the environmental footprint.  The key phrase is “appropriately contained.” There are many ef fective  containment processes, with controls, to allow usage with low risk to  nearby workers or the community.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LOWERING THE ENVIRONMENTAL FOOTPRINT OF THE CLEANING PROCESS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So how do you do green cleaning? What follows are a few of my own  suggestions that may lower the environmental footprint of your cleaning  process and move the operation toward green, sustainable cleaning.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Do less cleaning &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;By this, I do not mean to promote leaving undesirable residue  on the component. Quite the contrary. Time invested in planning the  product and planning the assembly process can yield benefits in  decreased need for cleaning.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Product design &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;In designing new products, it is typical to consider such  factors as perfor mance, cost, miniaturization, and the nature of  materials of construction. Historically, the ability to assemble the  product and to avoid surface contamination has not been high on the list  of requirements. I find it encouraging that designers are now asking to  be educated in precision cleaning, contamination control, and surface  quality. Designers are collaborating with those who will actually  fabricate the product. They are learning about the physical and chemical  properties and limitations of aqueous and solvent cleaning agents.&lt;br /&gt;Companies with the goal of using water-based cleaning agents  exclusively would do well to consider that the surface tension of  aqueous cleaning agents limits the spacing of components, the population  density of electronics assemblies. Aqueous cleaning agents have to be  rinsed with water, so the surface tension of water has to be factored  in. Coordinate the product design with the anticipated cleaning process.  A process may be environmentally-preferred. However, an inefficient,  inef fective cleaning process is not good for the environment; it is not  good for product quality; it is not good for the bottom line.&lt;br /&gt;What if the product has a configuration that makes aqueous cleaning  impractical? I think it is prudent to understand this at the design  stage and to factor in the cleaning equipment and environmental controls  as part of the initial design review.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Greener soils and cleaning agents&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A processing agent that is essential at a given point in the fabrication  process eventually has to be treated as soil, or matter out of place.  It needs to be removed to achieve a low-residue surface. It stands to  reason that soils that are more readily-removed tend to be greener, in  the sense that cleaning steps may be reduced or eliminated. The  replacement of rosin flux with “noclean” or low-residue fluxes is an  historical example of substituting a soil that decreased the need for  defluxing (i.e. cleaning) of electronics assemblies. Certain solder  fluxes leave a tolerable level of residue for many applications. For  some applications, water or water with low level of additives is used to  decrease the level of even the “no-clean” flux residue. Further, with  increased miniaturization and higher performance expectations, critical  cleaning of electronics assemblies is again becoming a fact of life. In  such cases, green cleaning means designing and controlling processes in  an effective manner.&lt;br /&gt;Moving to water soluble metalworking fluids decreases the amount of  cleaning — or not. While water soluble lubricants are inherently more  readily removed by water, issues may arise as a result of machining in  that the heat and forces involved in the machining process can change  the metalworking fluid into something that is not readily soluble in  water.&lt;br /&gt;Biobased cleaning agents are being promoted as a green approach to  cleaning chemicals. Biobased agents are derived from plants and are  sustainable resources. However, it should be noted that the word  “biobased” is not a synonym for “effective.” Some biobased agents are  effective in a number of cleaning applications. However, they are  primarily large molecules that can leave residues unless thoroughly  rinsed. In addition, many biobased processes are VOCs. Further, the fact  that a chemical is derived from a natural source, the fact that it may  have been used at limited concentration for decades without apparent  harm to the worker or the environment does mean we are “out of the  woods” in terms of toxicity. Toxicity studies are important even for  biobased materials. When plantderived chemicals are concentrated and  then used in cleaning processes along with heat and force, we have to  consider such issues as worker exposure, community exposure, and waste  stream management. We have to consider impact on the local and global  environment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Green and document the supply chain cleaning processes&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Assure that your suppliers clean the component or sub-assembly  promptly. Prompt and effective cleaning by your suppliers minimizes  adherent residue.&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt; With proper testing and documentation, you  may be able to eliminate cleaning steps.&lt;br /&gt;Requiring that your suppliers document the cleaning processes and  demonstrate effectiveness of the processes can help green your own  facility; and, based on experience, it will help you to produce a better  quality product, decrease failures, and ultimately will save your  company money.&lt;br /&gt;There is a proviso. It is tempting for manufacturers of critical  product for applications like medical devices or aerospace components to  specify a level of cleanliness achievable only by using very aggressive  and heavily-regulated chemicals. While such chemicals can be used in a  non-emissive manner with minimal impact on employees, some smaller  operations may not be in a position to invest in the appropriate  cleaning systems. In my opinion, you are not being green if you require  your suppliers to be irresponsible to their workers, their neighbors, or  the environment. Instead, require that your suppliers and sub-vendors  document that cleaning processes meet or exceed environmental and safety  regulations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IN-HOUSE CLEANING PROCESSES &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Worker safety, local environmental concerns, and global  environmental concerns &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Green is not the same as safe. Initiatives involving worker safety and  “green” chemistry may actually be at odds with each other. A chemical  may be relatively benign in terms of the impact on the individual  worker, but may have a long atmospheric lifetime, and therefore endanger  the planet. As recent history illustrates, chemicals that do not impact  stratospheric ozone (upper ozone, good ozone) may increase tropospheric  ozone or smog, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;You have to obey all applicable safety and environmental regulations,  and this can be a challenge because regulations may impel you in  conflicting directions. In addition, by corporate policy, you may be  restricted to certain cleaning agents.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Consider the cleaning process, not just the cleaning  agent&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;Based on my experience, you cannot be green and you cannot  assure the safety of the worker based on selecting a supposedly safe  and/or green cleaning agent.&lt;br /&gt;You have to consider the process, the way the cleaning agent is used.  Concentration, temperature, time, mechanical force, all contribute to  the overall safety and environmental preferability of the process.  Consider rinse steps, water usage, product rework rate. A supposedly  green cleaning process that puts a high proportion of your product in  the landfill may not be green for your purposes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Put your cleaning process on a diet &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;To me, being truly green means minimizing the impact of your  process on workers and on the environment. This does not mean re-using  cleaning agents in a way that could potentially contaminate the product.  However, consider such approaches as:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;water conservation, recycling, and closed-loop processes&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;solvent conservation, in-process recycling, on-site recycling&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;well-contained systems&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;energy use reduction&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;design processes for containment&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;consider efficacy of cleaning&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;We have published or presented case studies illustrating the  environmental, economic, quality, and worker safety benefits associated  with containing the cleaning process.&lt;sup&gt;4&lt;/sup&gt; Reduction in energy  usage, as it applies to cleaning and manufacturing processes, has great  potential, particularly in the design of cleaning process equipment.&lt;sup&gt;5&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Lean and Green&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Lean cleaning ought to include green cleaning. Particularly in the  current competitive and intense economic climate, the reality is that an  inefficient, ineffective green cleaning process will not be widely  adopted. It probably should not be adopted, not in any economic climate.  Ideally, green and lean ought to be interchangeable; and at least some  regulatory agencies are highlighting the connection. The EPA, in fact,  offers “The Lean and Environment Toolkit.”&lt;sup&gt;6&lt;/sup&gt; In addition, the  EPA Partnership Programs&lt;sup&gt;7&lt;/sup&gt; provide ways for firms,  organizations, and individuals to team with the EPA to foster Green or  Sustainable efforts. Most people are familiar with the “Energy Star”  program due to home appliances with the label “Energy Star.” There are  many more partnership programs, including “Labs21,” “Green Engineering,”  and “Design for the Environment.”&lt;br /&gt;Whether or not your company chooses to partner with a regulatory  agency, the concept of lean and green cleaning should not be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;GREEN REFLECTIONS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The concept of green cleaning will continue to evolve. Regulators  explain what you have to do; and perhaps they provide guidelines as  well. Because regulations will evolve, sometimes in a conflicting  manner, the most reasonable approach to insulating against changing  regulations is to adopt flexible processes, processes typically not  dependent on a single cleaning agent. Characterizing and validating the  cleaning processes and documenting acceptable residue levels will also  help in coping with the need for the seemingly inevitable periodic  process change, the change in response to the new regulations.&lt;br /&gt;I have focused on only a few aspects of what “green cleaning” is or  perhaps ought to be. Some of the many additional aspects of green  cleaning include:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;minimizing the compounds with long atmospheric lifetimes&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;replacing current ozone depleting compounds&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;optimizing the energy efficiency of the cleaning process&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;minimizing water usage&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;assessing environmental persistence in soil, water&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;In addition, those in manufacturing, those who develop and more  importantly utilize cleaning technologies have every business, every  responsibility, to provide input and guidance to help green cleaning  evolve.&lt;br /&gt;In my view, green cleaning is not about a green chemical. Any  effective chemical, including a biobased chemical, is likely to have  some sort of environmental or safety baggage. While many might argue the  point, there are no ultimate green chemicals, any more than there are  any “ultimate foods,” foods that alone contribute to health and  happiness. (OK, perhaps dark chocolate is an exception.) Most cleaning  chemicals can be used safely and with respect for the environment, under  appropriate conditions.&lt;br /&gt;Perhaps green cleaning will become more about the cleaning process,  more about incorporating industrial cleaning, precision cleaning,  critical cleaning — whatever we want to call it — into the overall  manufacturing process. For the manufacturer, in determining green  cleaning, it is critical to factor in worker safety, efficiency, process  costs, and product quality. Green cleaning is a goal we will probably  reach asymptotically, and I suspect that green cleaning may ultimately  merge with lean manufacturing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;The author thanks Ed Kanegsberg for his critique and comments. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;REFERENCES&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;EPA Exclusion of Acetone as VOC: &lt;a href="http://www.epa.gov/EPA-AIR/1995/June/Day-16/" title="www.epa.gov/EPA-AIR/1995/June/Day-16/"&gt;www.epa.gov/EPA-AIR/1995/June/Day-16/&lt;/a&gt;  pr-752.html&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Carter, William P. L., “Development of Ozone Reactivity Scales for  Volatile Organic Compounds,” J. Air &amp;amp; Waste Manage. Assoc., 44:  881–899, (1994).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;“Lean Cleaning with Your Global Supply Chain,” National  Manufacturing Week, Half Day Workshop, September 24, 2007, Rosemont, IL.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;“Case Study: Cleaning Process Prior to PVD of Critical Metal  Substrates,” Bob Dowell, Plasma Technology; Steve Norris, Plasma  Technology; Jim Unmack, Unmack Corporation; and Barbara Kanegsberg, BFK  Solutions, Presentation and Proceedings, CleanTech03, Chicago, Il, March  2003&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;“Costs of Cleaning,” prepared for University of Massachusetts  Lowell, Toxics Use Reduction Institute, presentation, CleanTech 2001,  Rosemont, IL, May 2001.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;“The Lean and Environment Toolkit,” EPA, &lt;a href="http://www.epa.gov/lean/toolkit/index.htm" target="_blank"&gt;www.epa.gov/lean/toolkit/index.htm&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The EPA gateway for Partnerships Programs: &lt;a href="http://www.epa.gov/partners" target="_blank"&gt;www.epa.gov/partners&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Barbara Kanegsberg&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;, BFK Solutions, LLC,  is a recognized independent consultant in critical cleaning,  contamination control, and surface quality. “The cleaning lady” helps  industry achieve high performance and cost effective processes that meet  or exceed environmental and worker safety standards. Reach her at &lt;a href="mailto:Barbara@bfksolutions.com" target="_blank"&gt;Barbara@bfksolutions.com&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-1243681441642792168?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/1243681441642792168'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/1243681441642792168'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/green-cleaning.html' title='Green Cleaning'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-6438650108161378275</id><published>2011-01-16T01:30:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:30:43.323-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Extending the Operational Excellence Paradigm'/><title type='text'>Extending the Operational Excellence Paradigm</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Bikash Chatterjee         &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;There can be no mistaking that we are entering a  new era in the pharmaceutical and biotech marketplace. The escalation of  the pharmaceutical emerging markets in India, China, and the remaining  BRICK nations has changed the landscape from both a strategic and  tactical perspective. It has even spawned its own buzz word, called the  “Pharmerging” markets. The progression of these markets has put  unmistakable pressure on pharmaceutical companies to reinvent the way  they think about product development, clinical efficiency, and  manufacturing performance.&lt;br /&gt;In response, the established markets in the U.S. and Europe have  embraced the principles of Operational Excellence as a catalyst for  change. Big pharma has taken up the basic principles of Lean  Manufacturing and Six Sigma as frameworks for driving business  performance, with tangible results. While wholesale transformation may  take decades to accomplish, public pressure together with market  pressure from these Pharmerging markets are hastening the  transformation, spawning a “survival of the fittest” business  environment. While many large pharma organizations explore the potential  for leveraging the low cost intellectual horsepower and low labor cost  the Pharmerging markets promise, they have chosen to move forward  cautiously in part due to their perceived difficulty in adopting the  U.S. and European concepts of cGMP and also the risk exposure from  quality management systems which are still maturing.&lt;br /&gt;The question remains, is it possible to extend the benefits of  operational excellence and its subsequent heightened business  performance, to the principles of sustainability in this current  competitive marketplace? I believe it is not only possible but also in  an organization’s best interest to do so.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SUSTAINABILITY &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is sustainability? Sustainability is “meeting the needs of the  current generation without compromising the ability of future  generations to meet their needs.”&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; While the U.S. has  historically been a powerhouse from a GDP perspective, it has been  notoriously inefficient in how we feed our manufacturing engines. Across  industries, only 1% of all of the raw materials we use actually end up  in our final products.&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt; Similarly, if China used the same  amount of oil as the U.S. per capita, it would consume the entire  world’s oil capacity of 83 billion barrels in just one year.&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt;  Simply put, sustainability is the Golden Rule applied across  generations, and it is easy to see how the principles of Lean can lead  us toward sustainability initiatives. Originated by Taiichi Ohno to  analyze processes within the Toyota Production System, Lean principles  have evolved into a development philosophy that strives to identify and  eliminate waste by concentrating on what is valuable to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;In his landmark book “The Machine That Changed the World,” Jim Womack  describes the five basic tenets of Lean as follows:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Value&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Every company needs to understand what value the customer places upon  their products and services. It is this value that determines how much  money the customer is willing to pay for the product and services.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Value Stream &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;The value stream is the entire flow of a product’s life-cycle from  the origin of the raw materials used to make the product through to the  customer’s cost of using and ultimately disposing of the product. Only  by a study and clear understanding of the value stream and its value-add  and waste can a company truly understand the waste associated with the  manufacture and delivery of a product and/or service.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Flow &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;One very significant key to the elimination of waste is flow.  Carefully designed flow across the entire value chain will tend to  minimize waste and increase value to the customer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pull &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Use a pull approach to ensure that nothing is made ahead of time,  building up work-in-process inventory that stops the synchronized flow. A  pull approach states that we do not make anything until the customer  orders it, in order to achieve this requires great flexibility and very  short cycle times of design, production, and delivery of the products  and services.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Perfection &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;A lean manufacturer sets his/her targets for perfection. The idea of  total quality management is to systematically and continuously remove  the root causes of poor quality from the production processes so that  the plant and its products are moving towards perfection.&lt;br /&gt;How do these basic principles align with the philosophy of  sustainability? Classically, Lean principles have focused primarily on  discrete, measurable short term improvements which can drive long term  corporate growth, i.e. the economic organizational customer.  Sustainability tends to look at the long term benefits to an  organization and like Lean, stresses the lifecycle approach to  improvement. The Lean mantra of eliminating waste fits sustainability  initiatives perfectly. Since it is much like Lean, both in concept and  in practice, sustainability can be thought of as Lean extended to a much  broader objective.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;DRIVING SUSTAINABILITY TRANSFORMATION &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While it would be wonderful to say the nobler long term goals of greater  sustainability should be sufficient to drive change, the reality is our  industry requires near term tangible benefits to catalyze a change in  thinking. Three tangible benefits from pursuing an organizational  strategy of sustainability are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Reduced Operating Costs &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Extending the concepts of Lean in terms of eliminating waste to  environmental improvement will drive down operating costs. Waste  removal, energy conservation, water management all drive down operating  costs. Organizations attempting to operate in Europe are often  confronted with the requirement to be ISO 14001 compliant. Shifting this  requirement up to the development process can multiply its  effectiveness exponentially as it integrates through the product  development lifecycle.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Greater Consumer Satisfaction&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;It is difficult to debate the high profile nature of environmental  issues facing the world today. Greenhouse gases and global warming are  in the news on a daily basis. Any organization that embraces and  advocates the merits of its sustainability program will garner public  praise and position itself, all things being equal, as a higher quality  supplier of product&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;Risk Reduction&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Investing in business performance initiatives tied to sustainability  provides both a moral and financial catalyst for change. As regulations  and legislation evolve, they are migrating towards to escalating  standards for both safety and environmental impact. Similarly,  recognizing the heightened sensitivity to sustainability issues, some  insurance organizations are punishing organizations that have no active  sustainability programs in place because of the potential for litigation  as policies change.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;strong&gt;SUSTAINABLE FACILITIES &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With a typical useful lifetime measured in decades, facilities are one  of the largest investments an organization can make. Facilities require  significant capital investment well in advance of proof of clinical  efficacy, and yet they typically end up being the gating activity to  moving your product to market. Applying sustainability requirements to  the facility planning and design exercise is the perfect opportunity for  an organization to add value to the overall product development  process.&lt;br /&gt;Extending the identification of waste not only to the processes  within the facility but to the facility’s operation as well, will result  in an operation which is flexible and cost efficient.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LEVERAGING OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The framework for Lean facility design has been discussed in previous  articles. Within this framework many of the analytical tools from Lean  can be applied to include sustainability. When combined with the  milestone-based project management structure of Six Sigma, an  organization’s ability to begin the transformation to sustainability is  almost seamless. For example, value stream mapping can easily include  environmental considerations such as power consumption, waste generated,  and utility requirements. Lean Kaizen teams which focus on rapid  focused improvement of a problem can apply the same definition and  improvement approach to environmental issues. Integrating root cause  analysis techniques such as Kepner-Tregoe and the 5 Why’s, coupled with  capable measurement tools can easily facilitate the optimization  activities of both the product and its byproducts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;CONCLUSION &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The application of Operational Excellence principles can easily be  extended to include sustainability considerations for an organization.  Doing so provides a competitive edge both in terms of business  performance and reducing risk from shifting legislation. The Pharmerging  markets are struggling to demonstrate their ability to consistently  provide product which is safe and efficacious. Compounding these  challenges is the ever-increasing scrutiny from the public and  regulatory bodies around the globe regarding pressing environmental  issues. Any organization that embraces both the near term benefits of  improved business performance derived from Operational Excellence  programs such as Lean and Six Sigma will have the added advantage from  the long-term strength in terms of both profitability and social  responsibility a sustainability strategy can provide.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;The definition is from the Bruntland Commission Report, United  Nations, 1987.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Ayres, R.U., Technology and Environment, Washington, D.C., National  Academy of Sciences, 1989.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Langenwalter, G., “Life is Our Ultimate Customer: From Lean to  Sustainability,” AME, Target Vol. 22, No. 1, 2006&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Bikash Chatterjee&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; is the president of  Pharmatech Associates, Inc. He has been involved in the  bio-pharmaceutical, pharmaceutical, medical device and diagnostics  industry for over 20 years. His expertise includes site selection,  project management, design, and validation of facilities for both U.S.  and European regulatory requirements.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-6438650108161378275?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6438650108161378275'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6438650108161378275'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/extending-operational-excellence.html' title='Extending the Operational Excellence Paradigm'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-6247293665560238333</id><published>2011-01-16T01:28:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:28:33.966-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Special technology areas: electrical and mechanical'/><title type='text'>Kathy E. Harrington Curtis L. Harrington  There are a number of critical timing issues that new product introducers should consider as they attempt to capture intellectual property rights and facilitate early sales.  Generally, the drivers for an overall intellectual property (IP) protection strategy for a new product are (1) the existence of the one-year Paris Convention, which allows patent applicants to file in other countries within one year of the U.S. filing date; (2) the potential to attract foreign purchasers/licensees within the first one-year period after filing to allow others to provide the investment in foreign patents and the foreign licenses; and (3) the provision of a more rapid and, hopefully, more efficient license sale of the product.  The term “product” as used here includes products, services, and hybrid situations involving both. There are a number of critical timing issues that new product introducers should consider as they attempt to capture intellectual property rights and facilitate early sales. It is understood that every product may warrant multiple or other critical time considerations in addition to those listed here.  This analysis also assumes that the product has been finished, that production and unit costs are known for major quantities (such that a complete profitability profile of the product is presentable), and that the resulting numbers can easily justify moving production forward regardless of any sale, given that (a) the complete profitability profile will justify it, and (b) any perceived lack of willingness to continue the project will result in a “wait and see” strategy by a potential buyer. This analysis also assumes the timely filing of a patent before any disclosure is made.  TIME PERIODS The time periods to be considered are centered around the patent filing date, and include: the period preceding the filing by more than two months (Phase I); the period preceding the filing by two months or less (Phase II - this is the time, on average, which should be allowed for a patent attorney to complete drafting a patent application); and the 11-month period following the filing (Phase III - the end of which leaves only one month to file foreign before the one-year deadline for foreign filing expires).  During Phase I the following tasks should be completed:  1. Completely finish the product. This includes developing different versions, such as economy and luxury models, base and fully-accessorized models, permanent and disposable models, retail sales versions and imprinted give-away versions, and home and foreign country versions (taking into account possible peculiarities of foreign environments); addressing packaging issues, including individual and bulk sales packaging, sales display designs, racks and shelving, free-standing cardboard displays, and the like; and considering type and placement of any trademark name and other information on the product and/or packaging.  2. Complete a comprehensive business plan, taking into account production costs; packaging; overhead (including, at a minimum, patent insurance, corporate entity formation costs, product liability insurance, and inventory financing); costs associated with the product pipeline; foreign and domestic production costs; cost variations based on projected sales channels such as distributors and distributor programs, direct internet sales, and contract sales to catalogs; and costs of selling or manufacturing in foreign countries, including import/export efficiencies, tariffs, sea-container packing densities, and foreign tax effects of direct marketing or sales-agent licensing, just to name a few. A comprehensive and carefully detailed business plan including the above indicators (at a minimum) is a prerequisite to determining the true value of the product. Without this level of information, the value of the product simply cannot be known.  3. Gather all information needed to promote the product. Much of the information gathered will also be useful in activities directed toward selling the product to consumers and/or selling the product and associated intellectual property rights to another manufacturer.  4. Identify competitors, customers, and related entities. The identity of persons and organizations even remotely associated with the product should be recorded, including:      (a) Product-related trade associations;     (b) Product-related professional associations;     (c) Related government branches, elected officials, and bureaucrats, including test organizations and standard-setting groups (local, state, and federal);     (d) Related trade shows (very important for Phase III activities after filing);     (e) All trade-related magazines, including paid and free subscriptions, trade sales, and trade-related product publications, especially those which may carry a news story relating to the product after the patent is filed;     (f) All newspapers and magazines in any way related to the applicant or product, including those associated through geography or language, for example;     (g) A list of product endorsers, particularly those who might endorse without compensation, and even local elected officials, comedians, radio personalities, and other public figures. [Note that efforts (4)(a) through (4)(g) should not be limited to home country or home language. Where the product admits to use anywhere, the entire world should be considered the potential market and the information database should be expanded accordingly.]  5. Integrate information gathered in items (1) through (4) to determine which markets to enter. Using all of the above information, make a list of why the product is better than others currently available, comparing all versions of the product (both highend and basic) to the next-best alternative. This information will be used by the patent attorney in drafting the case.  To begin Phase II, submit all product information, especially the information outlined in (5) above, to the patent attorney and allow two months for the patent to be completed (both first and final drafts) and filed.  In Phase II, you should fully prepare (but do not disclose or transmit) all media which could possibly be used to market the product immediately after filing. Prepare every sort of media kit, including long story/short story, color/black &amp; white photos, drawings, diagrams, or videos, in short, prepare in advance every form of media which a potential publisher might want. Your new product or invention is only born once and you might be able to pick up free advertising if a publisher runs the story as a news/interest item. This exercise will also be good preparation for any scheduled trade shows. Trade shows should be scheduled during Phase III, only after the patent is filed, yet early enough to allow sufficient time to determine what foreign filings will need to be affected prior to the foreign filing deadline (one year from the U.S. filing date).  Keep in mind that every truly good, new, and nonobvious invention is a news item. Each publication that showcases the product may save a thousand dollars or more in advertising costs. During Phase II, projected plans for Phase III should be finalized and ready for execution immediately after filing so that all time spent post-filing can be exclusively devoted to promoting and selling the product.  Other tasks in Phase II include:  1. Setting up a limited liability corporation or C-corp for marketing and selling the product;  2. securing a source of product to meet sales activities;  3. contacting a patent insurance carrier to complete insurance application forms necessary to put protection in place immediately after filing;  4. ensuring that the sales entity purchases commercial product liability insurance;  5. selecting and applying for a fanciful, non-descriptive trademark after the entity filing for the sales entity is complete (including the home country and all foreign countries where the product is planned to appear, and taking into account the six-month trademark treaty which enables foreign filing within six months of home country filing);  6. ensuring that the sales entity registers for an internet URL (which may be the same as the trademark) intended to be used to sell the product; and  7. setting up the HTML files offline to allow the website to go live as soon as possible after any patents are filed (utility, design, or both). The primary goal is total preparedness prior to filing the patent so that, after filing, marketing and selling can begin as quickly as possible without delay or interruption.  Filing the patent is a prerequisite for beginning Phase III; absolutely no activities in Phase III should take place until it can be established with certainty that filing has occurred. It may be preferable to devote a few days after the patent filing to secure a postal or computer filing receipt or other indicia of filing in hand.  Once the patent filing can be established with certainty, begin Phase III:  1. Sell the product;  2. acquire floor space at trade shows which relate to the product;  3. send out the media kits/news release items to all magazines and newspapers world-wide, making certain to provide material in as many formats as possible to meet each publication’s requirements. In addition to article length, quantity and type of photographs and, video, consider foreign language translation versions;  4. follow up by phone with the publishers to push news release items submitted in (3) above;  5. where possible, provide product samples to publishers to further interest, either on demand or in media packets submitted in (3) above;  6. contact local media to ensure that they feature the product;  7. after securing trade show space and booth number, forward media kits to likely foreign licensees, local country distributors and other entities who may be interested in purchasing the product and IP rights - follow up to schedule meetings during the show and make sure to have sufficient booth coverage so that all appointments can be accommodated;  8. set up a newsletter by e-mail and regular mail announcing the product and highlighting its progress, including distributors, publications running news stories, and any other news tidbits, even including a grant of patent insurance when it occurs (design patents will likely be examined quickly; allowance and issuance are news-worthy announcements);  9. secure product endorsers and have news conferences and events where the endorsements are formalized (formalized endorsements are also newsworthy announcements for the newsletter in item (8) above);  10. arrange to test-market the product in retail stores which will allow for a display, possibly on consignment, and carefully record the sales per unit time, and the types of products sold;  11. at the trade show, be certain to      a. get the product in the “new products” pavilion,     b. meet with foreign licensees, sales agents and buyers and plan to close deals within six months after the filing of the design patents and ITU trademarks to enable foreign filing with the benefit of the U.S. filing date priority (which expires after six months); and  12. generally inject sales into each and every market segment possible—the interest generated by the time the trade show takes place will depend directly upon the market acceptances earned, the gross numbers of products sold, and the positive publicity and popularity surrounding the product.  Curtis L. Harrington and Kathy E. Harrington are partners in the law firm of Harrington &amp; Harrington, which specializes in intellectual property and its taxation.  Curt is located at Suite 250, 6300 State University Drive, Long Beach, CA, 90815. He may be reached by phone at (562) 594-9784, by fax at (562) 594-4414, or by e-mail at curt@patentax.com. He is admitted to practice before the state bars of CA, TX, AZ, and NV; the U.S. District Court; the U.S. Court of Appeals, Fifth and Ninth Circuits; the U.S. Supreme Court; the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office; and the IRS. He holds a B.S. in Chemistry (Auburn Univ., 1974); M.S. in Chemical Engineering (Georgia Tech, 1977); JD (Univ. Houston, 1983); MBA (Univ. Oklahoma, 1985); M.S. in Electrical Engineering (California State Univ. Long Beach, 1990); and LLM in Taxation (Univ. San Diego Law School, 1997). He is specially admitted to practice before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the IRS. Curt is also certified as a Taxation Specialist by the State Bar of California Board of Legal Specialization. He has technical reading proficiency in both Russian and Japanese. Special technology areas: electrical, mechanical, and chemical.  Kathy is located at 355 S. Mt. Carmel Road, McDonough, GA 30253. She may be reached by phone at (770) 914-1413, by fax at (770) 914-1496, or by e-mail at kathy@patentax.com. She is admitted to practice before the state bar of Georgia, the U.S. Tax Court, and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. She is a graduate of Mercer Law School and also holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Georgia Tech. She holds additional undergraduate degrees in both Physics and Nursing, and is currently working toward completing her Master’s in Taxation. She is a member of the Georgia Association for Women Lawyers, in which she served as Southside Chapter President and Statewide Membership Chair in 2007/2008, and in which she currently serves as Southside Chapter Immediate Past President. She is a member of the Taxation &amp; Intellectual Property sections of the State Bar of Georgia, the Atlanta Bar Association, the Henry County, Clayton County, and Fayette County Bar Associations, and is a student member of the Georgia Society of Certified Public Accountants. Special technology areas: electrical and mechanical.</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     &lt;a href="http://www.cemag.us/author/rob-nightingale"&gt;Rob  Nightingale&lt;/a&gt;        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;Canada has not been immune to the economic  downturn of the past year. Even so-called recession proof industries  have felt the effects of the decline, including pharmaceutical  manufacturing. None of the business stories in Canada have had quite the  affect on the psyche of high tech and cleanroom junkies as the demise  of Nortel Networks, which filed for bankruptcy protection this past  January. What was once the darling of the communications industry, and  the anchor of the Canadian tech sector as Bell-Northern Research, is no  more. During its court protection, it shed its most valuable assets to  foreign suitors, namely Nokia Siemens Networks, and is thus no longer  the Canadian tech giant. Some would argue that Nortel’s loss is a fatal  blow to the Canadian advanced technology sector. Others disagree and  believe that new innovation will replace the older supply chain paradigm  of tech sector growth — and spawn high tech start ups that will fill  the void of the demised tech icons. So where is this new innovation?&lt;br /&gt;One could easily point to RIM, the Waterloo, Ontario company that  produces the BlackBerry® wireless device which virtually launched the  era of the smart phone. Though RIM has catapulted itself onto the high  technology arena, it is not the research powerhouse that Nortel once  was. RIM reported 2008 R&amp;amp;D spending at about $685 million versus  Nortel, who spent $1.85 billion in R&amp;amp;D in 2007. RIM has spurred  development of supply chain partners and has become the cornerstone of  Ontario’s high tech transformation as the province transitions from the  largest concentration of automotive manufacturing in North America to a  technology and knowledge-based economy. That is a tall order for a  region that has lost over 200,000 manufacturing jobs over the past few  years. Other tech companies that have helped to fill the void in this  region include COM DEV, a global leader in the engineering and  production of custom-designed space hardware, and Dalsa, manufacturers  of digital imaging and machine vision CCD and CMOS products for  applications such as semiconductor and industrial inspection.&lt;br /&gt;In other provinces, innovation has led to not only replacing some of  the traditional economic generators, but has paved the way towards a new  generation of manufacturing and technology. In British Columbia, Photon  Control manufactures opto-electronic products in their cleanrooms and  has become a world leader in optical sensing technologies. In Alberta,  Dynamic Source Manufacturing, a Calgary-based electronics manufacture,  has recently been certified to ISO’s medical standard 13485:2003 to  provide medical device manufacturing.&lt;br /&gt;Moving east across the country, the biotech and life sciences sector  has flourished in Quebec. Home to the third-highest number of  biotechnology companies of any province or state in North America (after  California and Massachusetts), Quebec has a total of 75 life sciences-  related companies employing over 2,100 people generating revenues in  excess of $480 million according to recent information from  Investissement Quebec. The Province of Quebec is also a leader in life  sciences and biotech research with 68% of Canada’s prescription drug  patents; 42% of Canadian investment in pharmaceutical research and  development; 27% of private Canadian investment in biotechnology; and  32% of Canadian subsidies for peer review medical research, according to  BIOQuebec, a quasi-governmental industry relations entity.&lt;br /&gt;Though the Maritime Provinces make smaller contributions to the  Canadian economy, Nova Scotia employs over 1,100 people in biotech  industries with annual revenues of $181 million. One of the more  surprising stories comes from the Province of Saskatchewan, famous for  having the world’s largest source of potash. Saskatchewan now is home to  almost 60 biotech firms, with revenues of approximately $100 million,  according to Conference Board of Canada data.&lt;br /&gt;A recent directory of Canada’s leading emerging companies lists  almost 100 new firms dedicated to innovative technologies in areas  ranging from stem cell applications, life sciences, biosciences, and  molecular science. During a year of shrinking commodity prices, Canada  has felt the global economic chill, as a primary exporter of energy,  mining, and lumber products. However, innovative change is on the  horizon.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;An addendum to the previous column regarding government  initiatives: On May 4, 2009, the Province of Ontario announced $100  million in new research funding to stem top scientists from fleeing to  U.S. laboratories that will soon be saturated in stimulus money from the  Obama administration. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Rob Nightingale &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;is Director of Research  and Development, Ameripride Services Inc., and Canadian Linen and  Uniform Services, CleanStyle Cleanroom Division. He has 20 years of  experience in human source contamination and cleanroom apparel  processing, as founder and President of Cleanroom Garments™, and is also  a coowner of several international patents for cleanroom soil removal  processes.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-6247293665560238333?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6247293665560238333'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/6247293665560238333'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/kathy-e-harrington-curtis-l-harrington.html' title='Kathy E. Harrington Curtis L. Harrington  There are a number of critical timing issues that new product introducers should consider as they attempt to capture intellectual property rights and facilitate early sales.  Generally, the drivers for an overall intellectual property (IP) protection strategy for a new product are (1) the existence of the one-year Paris Convention, which allows patent applicants to file in other countries within one year of the U.S. filing date; (2) the potential to attract foreign purchasers/licensees within the first one-year period after filing to allow others to provide the investment in foreign patents and the foreign licenses; and (3) the provision of a more rapid and, hopefully, more efficient license sale of the product.  The term “product” as used here includes products, services, and hybrid situations involving both. There are a number of critical timing issues that new product introducers should consider as they attempt to capture intellectual property rights and facilitate early sales. It is understood that every product may warrant multiple or other critical time considerations in addition to those listed here.  This analysis also assumes that the product has been finished, that production and unit costs are known for major quantities (such that a complete profitability profile of the product is presentable), and that the resulting numbers can easily justify moving production forward regardless of any sale, given that (a) the complete profitability profile will justify it, and (b) any perceived lack of willingness to continue the project will result in a “wait and see” strategy by a potential buyer. This analysis also assumes the timely filing of a patent before any disclosure is made.  TIME PERIODS The time periods to be considered are centered around the patent filing date, and include: the period preceding the filing by more than two months (Phase I); the period preceding the filing by two months or less (Phase II - this is the time, on average, which should be allowed for a patent attorney to complete drafting a patent application); and the 11-month period following the filing (Phase III - the end of which leaves only one month to file foreign before the one-year deadline for foreign filing expires).  During Phase I the following tasks should be completed:  1. Completely finish the product. This includes developing different versions, such as economy and luxury models, base and fully-accessorized models, permanent and disposable models, retail sales versions and imprinted give-away versions, and home and foreign country versions (taking into account possible peculiarities of foreign environments); addressing packaging issues, including individual and bulk sales packaging, sales display designs, racks and shelving, free-standing cardboard displays, and the like; and considering type and placement of any trademark name and other information on the product and/or packaging.  2. Complete a comprehensive business plan, taking into account production costs; packaging; overhead (including, at a minimum, patent insurance, corporate entity formation costs, product liability insurance, and inventory financing); costs associated with the product pipeline; foreign and domestic production costs; cost variations based on projected sales channels such as distributors and distributor programs, direct internet sales, and contract sales to catalogs; and costs of selling or manufacturing in foreign countries, including import/export efficiencies, tariffs, sea-container packing densities, and foreign tax effects of direct marketing or sales-agent licensing, just to name a few. A comprehensive and carefully detailed business plan including the above indicators (at a minimum) is a prerequisite to determining the true value of the product. Without this level of information, the value of the product simply cannot be known.  3. Gather all information needed to promote the product. Much of the information gathered will also be useful in activities directed toward selling the product to consumers and/or selling the product and associated intellectual property rights to another manufacturer.  4. Identify competitors, customers, and related entities. The identity of persons and organizations even remotely associated with the product should be recorded, including:      (a) Product-related trade associations;     (b) Product-related professional associations;     (c) Related government branches, elected officials, and bureaucrats, including test organizations and standard-setting groups (local, state, and federal);     (d) Related trade shows (very important for Phase III activities after filing);     (e) All trade-related magazines, including paid and free subscriptions, trade sales, and trade-related product publications, especially those which may carry a news story relating to the product after the patent is filed;     (f) All newspapers and magazines in any way related to the applicant or product, including those associated through geography or language, for example;     (g) A list of product endorsers, particularly those who might endorse without compensation, and even local elected officials, comedians, radio personalities, and other public figures. [Note that efforts (4)(a) through (4)(g) should not be limited to home country or home language. Where the product admits to use anywhere, the entire world should be considered the potential market and the information database should be expanded accordingly.]  5. Integrate information gathered in items (1) through (4) to determine which markets to enter. Using all of the above information, make a list of why the product is better than others currently available, comparing all versions of the product (both highend and basic) to the next-best alternative. This information will be used by the patent attorney in drafting the case.  To begin Phase II, submit all product information, especially the information outlined in (5) above, to the patent attorney and allow two months for the patent to be completed (both first and final drafts) and filed.  In Phase II, you should fully prepare (but do not disclose or transmit) all media which could possibly be used to market the product immediately after filing. Prepare every sort of media kit, including long story/short story, color/black &amp; white photos, drawings, diagrams, or videos, in short, prepare in advance every form of media which a potential publisher might want. Your new product or invention is only born once and you might be able to pick up free advertising if a publisher runs the story as a news/interest item. This exercise will also be good preparation for any scheduled trade shows. Trade shows should be scheduled during Phase III, only after the patent is filed, yet early enough to allow sufficient time to determine what foreign filings will need to be affected prior to the foreign filing deadline (one year from the U.S. filing date).  Keep in mind that every truly good, new, and nonobvious invention is a news item. Each publication that showcases the product may save a thousand dollars or more in advertising costs. During Phase II, projected plans for Phase III should be finalized and ready for execution immediately after filing so that all time spent post-filing can be exclusively devoted to promoting and selling the product.  Other tasks in Phase II include:  1. Setting up a limited liability corporation or C-corp for marketing and selling the product;  2. securing a source of product to meet sales activities;  3. contacting a patent insurance carrier to complete insurance application forms necessary to put protection in place immediately after filing;  4. ensuring that the sales entity purchases commercial product liability insurance;  5. selecting and applying for a fanciful, non-descriptive trademark after the entity filing for the sales entity is complete (including the home country and all foreign countries where the product is planned to appear, and taking into account the six-month trademark treaty which enables foreign filing within six months of home country filing);  6. ensuring that the sales entity registers for an internet URL (which may be the same as the trademark) intended to be used to sell the product; and  7. setting up the HTML files offline to allow the website to go live as soon as possible after any patents are filed (utility, design, or both). The primary goal is total preparedness prior to filing the patent so that, after filing, marketing and selling can begin as quickly as possible without delay or interruption.  Filing the patent is a prerequisite for beginning Phase III; absolutely no activities in Phase III should take place until it can be established with certainty that filing has occurred. It may be preferable to devote a few days after the patent filing to secure a postal or computer filing receipt or other indicia of filing in hand.  Once the patent filing can be established with certainty, begin Phase III:  1. Sell the product;  2. acquire floor space at trade shows which relate to the product;  3. send out the media kits/news release items to all magazines and newspapers world-wide, making certain to provide material in as many formats as possible to meet each publication’s requirements. In addition to article length, quantity and type of photographs and, video, consider foreign language translation versions;  4. follow up by phone with the publishers to push news release items submitted in (3) above;  5. where possible, provide product samples to publishers to further interest, either on demand or in media packets submitted in (3) above;  6. contact local media to ensure that they feature the product;  7. after securing trade show space and booth number, forward media kits to likely foreign licensees, local country distributors and other entities who may be interested in purchasing the product and IP rights - follow up to schedule meetings during the show and make sure to have sufficient booth coverage so that all appointments can be accommodated;  8. set up a newsletter by e-mail and regular mail announcing the product and highlighting its progress, including distributors, publications running news stories, and any other news tidbits, even including a grant of patent insurance when it occurs (design patents will likely be examined quickly; allowance and issuance are news-worthy announcements);  9. secure product endorsers and have news conferences and events where the endorsements are formalized (formalized endorsements are also newsworthy announcements for the newsletter in item (8) above);  10. arrange to test-market the product in retail stores which will allow for a display, possibly on consignment, and carefully record the sales per unit time, and the types of products sold;  11. at the trade show, be certain to      a. get the product in the “new products” pavilion,     b. meet with foreign licensees, sales agents and buyers and plan to close deals within six months after the filing of the design patents and ITU trademarks to enable foreign filing with the benefit of the U.S. filing date priority (which expires after six months); and  12. generally inject sales into each and every market segment possible—the interest generated by the time the trade show takes place will depend directly upon the market acceptances earned, the gross numbers of products sold, and the positive publicity and popularity surrounding the product.  Curtis L. Harrington and Kathy E. Harrington are partners in the law firm of Harrington &amp; Harrington, which specializes in intellectual property and its taxation.  Curt is located at Suite 250, 6300 State University Drive, Long Beach, CA, 90815. He may be reached by phone at (562) 594-9784, by fax at (562) 594-4414, or by e-mail at curt@patentax.com. He is admitted to practice before the state bars of CA, TX, AZ, and NV; the U.S. District Court; the U.S. Court of Appeals, Fifth and Ninth Circuits; the U.S. Supreme Court; the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office; and the IRS. He holds a B.S. in Chemistry (Auburn Univ., 1974); M.S. in Chemical Engineering (Georgia Tech, 1977); JD (Univ. Houston, 1983); MBA (Univ. Oklahoma, 1985); M.S. in Electrical Engineering (California State Univ. Long Beach, 1990); and LLM in Taxation (Univ. San Diego Law School, 1997). He is specially admitted to practice before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the IRS. Curt is also certified as a Taxation Specialist by the State Bar of California Board of Legal Specialization. He has technical reading proficiency in both Russian and Japanese. Special technology areas: electrical, mechanical, and chemical.  Kathy is located at 355 S. Mt. Carmel Road, McDonough, GA 30253. She may be reached by phone at (770) 914-1413, by fax at (770) 914-1496, or by e-mail at kathy@patentax.com. She is admitted to practice before the state bar of Georgia, the U.S. Tax Court, and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. She is a graduate of Mercer Law School and also holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Georgia Tech. She holds additional undergraduate degrees in both Physics and Nursing, and is currently working toward completing her Master’s in Taxation. She is a member of the Georgia Association for Women Lawyers, in which she served as Southside Chapter President and Statewide Membership Chair in 2007/2008, and in which she currently serves as Southside Chapter Immediate Past President. She is a member of the Taxation &amp; Intellectual Property sections of the State Bar of Georgia, the Atlanta Bar Association, the Henry County, Clayton County, and Fayette County Bar Associations, and is a student member of the Georgia Society of Certified Public Accountants. Special technology areas: electrical and mechanical.'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-2930899105262909009</id><published>2011-01-16T01:26:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-16T01:26:50.952-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Critical New Product Development'/><title type='text'>Critical New Product Development</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Kathy E. Harrington         &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="field-item even"&gt;                     Curtis L.  Harrington        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;!--paging_filter--&gt;&lt;strong&gt;There are a number of critical timing  issues that new product introducers should consider as they attempt to  capture intellectual property rights and facilitate early sales. &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Generally, the drivers for an overall intellectual property (IP)  protection strategy for a new product are (1) the existence of the  one-year Paris Convention, which allows patent applicants to file in  other countries within one year of the U.S. filing date; (2) the  potential to attract foreign purchasers/licensees within the first  one-year period after filing to allow others to provide the investment  in foreign patents and the foreign licenses; and (3) the provision of a  more rapid and, hopefully, more efficient license sale of the product.&lt;br /&gt;The term “product” as used here includes products, services, and  hybrid situations involving both. There are a number of critical timing  issues that new product introducers should consider as they attempt to  capture intellectual property rights and facilitate early sales. It is  understood that every product may warrant multiple or other critical  time considerations in addition to those listed here.&lt;br /&gt;This analysis also assumes that the product has been finished, that  production and unit costs are known for major quantities (such that a  complete profitability profile of the product is presentable), and that  the resulting numbers can easily justify moving production forward  regardless of any sale, given that (a) the complete profitability  profile will justify it, and (b) any perceived lack of willingness to  continue the project will result in a “wait and see” strategy by a  potential buyer. This analysis also assumes the timely filing of a  patent before any disclosure is made.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;TIME PERIODS &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The time periods to be considered are centered around the patent filing  date, and include: the period preceding the filing by more than two  months (Phase I); the period preceding the filing by two months or less  (Phase II - this is the time, on average, which should be allowed for a  patent attorney to complete drafting a patent application); and the  11-month period following the filing (Phase III - the end of which  leaves only one month to file foreign before the one-year deadline for  foreign filing expires).&lt;br /&gt;During Phase I the following tasks should be completed:&lt;br /&gt;1. Completely finish the product. This includes developing different  versions, such as economy and luxury models, base and fully-accessorized  models, permanent and disposable models, retail sales versions and  imprinted give-away versions, and home and foreign country versions  (taking into account possible peculiarities of foreign environments);  addressing packaging issues, including individual and bulk sales  packaging, sales display designs, racks and shelving, free-standing  cardboard displays, and the like; and considering type and placement of  any trademark name and other information on the product and/or  packaging.&lt;br /&gt;2. Complete a comprehensive business plan, taking into account  production costs; packaging; overhead (including, at a minimum, patent  insurance, corporate entity formation costs, product liability  insurance, and inventory financing); costs associated with the product  pipeline; foreign and domestic production costs; cost variations based  on projected sales channels such as distributors and distributor  programs, direct internet sales, and contract sales to catalogs; and  costs of selling or manufacturing in foreign countries, including  import/export efficiencies, tariffs, sea-container packing densities,  and foreign tax effects of direct marketing or sales-agent licensing,  just to name a few. A comprehensive and carefully detailed business plan  including the above indicators (at a minimum) is a prerequisite to  determining the true value of the product. Without this level of  information, the value of the product simply cannot be known.&lt;br /&gt;3. Gather all information needed to promote the product. Much of the  information gathered will also be useful in activities directed toward  selling the product to consumers and/or selling the product and  associated intellectual property rights to another manufacturer.&lt;br /&gt;4. Identify competitors, customers, and related entities. The  identity of persons and organizations even remotely associated with the  product should be recorded, including:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;(a) Product-related trade associations; &lt;br /&gt;(b) Product-related professional associations; &lt;br /&gt;(c) Related government branches, elected officials, and bureaucrats,  including test organizations and standard-setting groups (local, state,  and federal); &lt;br /&gt;(d) Related trade shows (very important for Phase III activities after  filing); &lt;br /&gt;(e) All trade-related magazines, including paid and free subscriptions,  trade sales, and trade-related product publications, especially those  which may carry a news story relating to the product after the patent is  filed;&lt;br /&gt;(f) All newspapers and magazines in any way related to the applicant or  product, including those associated through geography or language, for  example;&lt;br /&gt;(g) A list of product endorsers, particularly those who might endorse  without compensation, and even local elected officials, comedians, radio  personalities, and other public figures. &lt;em&gt;[Note that efforts (4)(a)  through (4)(g) should not be limited to home country or home language.  Where the product admits to use anywhere, the entire world should be  considered the potential market and the information database should be  expanded accordingly.] &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;5. Integrate information gathered in items (1) through (4) to  determine which markets to enter. Using all of the above information,  make a list of why the product is better than others currently  available, comparing all versions of the product (both highend and  basic) to the next-best alternative. This information will be used by  the patent attorney in drafting the case.&lt;br /&gt;To begin Phase II, submit all product information, especially the  information outlined in (5) above, to the patent attorney and allow two  months for the patent to be completed (both first and final drafts) and  filed.&lt;br /&gt;In Phase II, you should fully prepare (but do not disclose or  transmit) all media which could possibly be used to market the product  immediately after filing. Prepare every sort of media kit, including  long story/short story, color/black &amp;amp; white photos, drawings,  diagrams, or videos, in short, prepare in advance every form of media  which a potential publisher might want. Your new product or invention is  only born once and you might be able to pick up free advertising if a  publisher runs the story as a news/interest item. This exercise will  also be good preparation for any scheduled trade shows. Trade shows  should be scheduled during Phase III, only after the patent is filed,  yet early enough to allow sufficient time to determine what foreign  filings will need to be affected prior to the foreign filing deadline  (one year from the U.S. filing date).&lt;br /&gt;Keep in mind that every truly good, new, and nonobvious invention is a  news item. Each publication that showcases the product may save a  thousand dollars or more in advertising costs. During Phase II,  projected plans for Phase III should be finalized and ready for  execution immediately after filing so that all time spent post-filing  can be exclusively devoted to promoting and selling the product.&lt;br /&gt;Other tasks in Phase II include:&lt;br /&gt;1. Setting up a limited liability corporation or C-corp for marketing  and selling the product;&lt;br /&gt;2. securing a source of product to meet sales activities;&lt;br /&gt;3. contacting a patent insurance carrier to complete insurance  application forms necessary to put protection in place immediately after  filing;&lt;br /&gt;4. ensuring that the sales entity purchases commercial product  liability insurance;&lt;br /&gt;5. selecting and applying for a fanciful, non-descriptive trademark  after the entity filing for the sales entity is complete (including the  home country and all foreign countries where the product is planned to  appear, and taking into account the six-month trademark treaty which  enables foreign filing within six months of home country filing);&lt;br /&gt;6. ensuring that the sales entity registers for an internet URL  (which may be the same as the trademark) intended to be used to sell the  product; and&lt;br /&gt;7. setting up the HTML files offline to allow the website to go live  as soon as possible after any patents are filed (utility, design, or  both). The primary goal is total preparedness prior to filing the patent  so that, after filing, marketing and selling can begin as quickly as  possible without delay or interruption.&lt;br /&gt;Filing the patent is a prerequisite for beginning Phase III;  absolutely no activities in Phase III should take place until it can be  established with certainty that filing has occurred. It may be  preferable to devote a few days after the patent filing to secure a  postal or computer filing receipt or other indicia of filing &lt;em&gt;in hand&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;Once the patent filing can be established with certainty, begin Phase  III:&lt;br /&gt;1. Sell the product;&lt;br /&gt;2. acquire floor space at trade shows which relate to the product;&lt;br /&gt;3. send out the media kits/news release items to all magazines and  newspapers world-wide, making certain to provide material in as many  formats as possible to meet each publication’s requirements. In addition  to article length, quantity and type of photographs and, video,  consider foreign language translation versions;&lt;br /&gt;4. follow up by phone with the publishers to push news release items  submitted in (3) above;&lt;br /&gt;5. where possible, provide product samples to publishers to further  interest, either on demand or in media packets submitted in (3) above;&lt;br /&gt;6. contact local media to ensure that they feature the product;&lt;br /&gt;7. after securing trade show space and booth number, forward media  kits to likely foreign licensees, local country distributors and other  entities who may be interested in purchasing the product and IP rights -  follow up to schedule meetings during the show and make sure to have  sufficient booth coverage so that all appointments can be accommodated;&lt;br /&gt;8. set up a newsletter by e-mail and regular mail announcing the  product and highlighting its progress, including distributors,  publications running news stories, and any other news tidbits, even  including a grant of patent insurance when it occurs (design patents  will likely be examined quickly; allowance and issuance are news-worthy  announcements);&lt;br /&gt;9. secure product endorsers and have news conferences and events  where the endorsements are formalized (formalized endorsements are also  newsworthy announcements for the newsletter in item (8) above);&lt;br /&gt;10. arrange to test-market the product in retail stores which will  allow for a display, possibly on consignment, and carefully record the  sales per unit time, and the types of products sold;&lt;br /&gt;11. at the trade show, be certain to&lt;br /&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;a. get the product in the “new products” pavilion, &lt;br /&gt;b. meet with foreign licensees, sales agents and buyers and plan to  close deals within six months after the filing of the design patents and  ITU trademarks to enable foreign filing with the benefit of the U.S.  filing date priority (which expires after six months); and&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;12. generally inject sales into each and every market segment  possible—the interest generated by the time the trade show takes place  will depend directly upon the market acceptances earned, the gross  numbers of products sold, and the positive publicity and popularity  surrounding the product.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Curtis L. Harrington&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Kathy  E. Harrington &lt;/strong&gt;are partners in the law firm of Harrington &amp;amp;  Harrington, which specializes in intellectual property and its taxation.  &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;Curt is located at Suite 250, 6300 State University Drive, Long  Beach, CA, 90815. He may be reached by phone at (562) 594-9784, by fax  at (562) 594-4414, or by e-mail at &lt;a href="mailto:curt@patentax.com"&gt;curt@patentax.com&lt;/a&gt;.  He is admitted to practice before the state bars of CA, TX, AZ, and NV;  the U.S. District Court; the U.S. Court of Appeals, Fifth and Ninth  Circuits; the U.S. Supreme Court; the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office;  and the IRS. He holds a B.S. in Chemistry (Auburn Univ., 1974); M.S. in  Chemical Engineering (Georgia Tech, 1977); JD (Univ. Houston, 1983); MBA  (Univ. Oklahoma, 1985); M.S. in Electrical Engineering (California  State Univ. Long Beach, 1990); and LLM in Taxation (Univ. San Diego Law  School, 1997). He is specially admitted to practice before the U.S.  Patent and Trademark Office and the IRS. Curt is also certified as a  Taxation Specialist by the State Bar of California Board of Legal  Specialization. He has technical reading proficiency in both Russian and  Japanese. Special technology areas: electrical, mechanical, and  chemical. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;em&gt;Kathy is located at 355 S. Mt. Carmel Road, McDonough, GA 30253.  She may be reached by phone at (770) 914-1413, by fax at (770) 914-1496,  or by e-mail at &lt;a href="mailto:kathy@patentax.com"&gt;kathy@patentax.com&lt;/a&gt;.  She is admitted to practice before the state bar of Georgia, the U.S.  Tax Court, and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. She is a graduate  of Mercer Law School and also holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering  from Georgia Tech. She holds additional undergraduate degrees in both  Physics and Nursing, and is currently working toward completing her  Master’s in Taxation. She is a member of the Georgia Association for  Women Lawyers, in which she served as Southside Chapter President and  Statewide Membership Chair in 2007/2008, and in which she currently  serves as Southside Chapter Immediate Past President. She is a member of  the Taxation &amp;amp; Intellectual Property sections of the State Bar of  Georgia, the Atlanta Bar Association, the Henry County, Clayton County,  and Fayette County Bar Associations, and is a student member of the  Georgia Society of Certified Public Accountants. Special technology  areas: electrical and mechanical.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-2930899105262909009?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2930899105262909009'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2930899105262909009'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/critical-new-product-development.html' title='Critical New Product Development'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-169056865524740522</id><published>2011-01-02T03:28:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-02T03:28:05.964-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Sorbent Solutions Ensure Moisture Management and Product Stability'/><title type='text'>Sorbent Solutions Ensure Moisture Management and Product Stability</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Adrian Possumato        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;Sorbents represent a class of active packaging  components that can be used to guard against the effects of degradation,  ensuring the integrity of packaged pharmaceuticals and other  environmentally sensitive products. The author answers some common  questions and discusses the benefits of active packaging to ensure  product stability.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Q: What are some of the key threats to product stability? &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;A: &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Pharmaceuticals and other products are subject to a  variety of degradation pathways that compromise safety and shelf-life.  By far the greatest degradation is caused by hydrolysis and oxidation.  There are a number of packaging components available to help maintain  product integrity; however, determining the optimal solution requires a  calculated analysis drawing on diverse areas of expertise.&lt;br /&gt;It’s critical when determining a degradation-prevention program that  manufacturers consider the whole manufacturing and packaging process,  from the pharmaceutical formulation to the packaging environment and to  the distribution chain. What might work in one part of the operation may  not work at another end — solutions determined upstream may have  unintended consequences downstream.&lt;br /&gt;When developing the optimum package protection, the best approach to  take is a multidisciplinary one that considers the knowledge and  experience of packaging engineers, formulation chemists, analytical  chemists, and the sorbent supplier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;b&gt;Q: How do companies implement moisture management into their packaging? &lt;/b&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;A: &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Protecting a product from degradation is a critical  component of manufacturing success, and packaging considerations are  key. Choosing your packaging components requires careful strategy and  considering the “big picture.” The bottom line is to consider the whole  spectrum of factors involved in product degradation, and every aspect of  upstream and downstream processing. Calculating these factors with a  modeling system, supported by a knowledgeable partner, can lead to a  more shelf-stable and safer product.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Q: Can a sorbent solution be customized to meet the specific demands of customers? &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;A: &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;Certainly. As part of a systems approach, every  aspect of moisture control can be customized to meet the needs of a  customer. Packaging solutions must consider all facets of the  manufacturing and development processes.&lt;br /&gt;To optimize package protection for solid-dose formulations,  pharmaceutical manufacturers need to employ a technique of moisture and  oxygen ingress modeling to analyze the rates of degradation for a given  pharmaceutical. Chemical degradation pathways can cause a loss of  pharmaceutical potency after several weeks, whereas two to three years  of shelf-life may be required depending on distribution channels.  Modeling also determines steady-state levels of oxygen within bottles  and moisture permeation across bottle walls, and material permeability.&lt;br /&gt;As far as packaging is concerned, equipment can be customized to meet  the needs of several markets. For instance, the pharmaceutical industry  is driven by the need for positive placement verification. As such,  several levels of verification can be provided to guarantee that the  sorbent has been placed properly into the bottle, package, etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;Q: What trends do you anticipate in the future for sorbent technologies?&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;i&gt;A:&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/b&gt; Respiratory drug delivery systems that employ dry  powder inhalation (DPI) devices are a significant new trend, offering  clinical benefits, dosage control, and patient convenience. Integrating  sorbent technologies into DPI devices will preserve the quality and  safety of pharmaceutical formulations and ensure that the device  functions accurately and effectively each time it is used. Because  proper desiccation is an integral part of DPI device functioning, the  choice of sorbent is crucial. Packaging components that respond to  changes in the head-space of packaging relative to outside conditions  provide an ideal solution. They regulate humidity levels within a DPI  device without making contact with the dry powder and optimize  conditions for drug delivery.&lt;br /&gt;A new generation of desiccants — coated solid format (CSF) sorbents —  is particularly well suited for DPI applications because they  significantly increase the level of functional desiccation per unit  volume. Through condensed density technology, CSF sorbents are able to  deliver twice the moisture protection in the same dimensional space as a  typical loose-fill desiccant. CSF sorbents can be made from silica gel,  activated carbon, or a combination of both.&lt;br /&gt;Overall, when evaluating the desiccation requirements for inhalation  devices, pharmaceutical manufacturers should consider the interactions  between drug formulation, device, and packaging. They must also consider  all of the sources of moisture, including the plastic from which a  device is manufactured and any inserts or other components of the  package. It is only once these factors are taken into consideration,  that manufacturers can make the best decision regarding the most  appropriate sorbent technology for DPI applications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;i&gt;Adrian Possumato is the global manager,pharmaceutical market with  Multisorb Technologies,Inc.(Buffalo,NY).He works closely with drug  innovators and generic pharmaceutical manufacturers to determine the  best selection of packaged sorbents to stabilize pharmaceutical  formulations.He has over 15 years of experience in the pharmaceutical  and chemical industries.He can be reached at &lt;a href="mailto:apossumato@multisorb.com"&gt;apossumato@multisorb.com&lt;/a&gt;,tel.908-849-3005,fax 908-849-3006.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-169056865524740522?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/169056865524740522'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/169056865524740522'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/sorbent-solutions-ensure-moisture.html' title='Sorbent Solutions Ensure Moisture Management and Product Stability'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-2340113263833969912</id><published>2011-01-02T03:25:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-02T03:25:42.770-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Compliance with GMPs During Development'/><title type='text'>Manufacturing &amp; Processing - Compliance with GMPs During Development</title><content type='html'>&lt;div id="vt_plogo_sec"&gt;      GMPs are necessary for the manufacture of biopharmaceuticals  that are administered to patients enrolled in clinical trials. Gail  Sofer, director of regulatory compliance at GE Healthcare, discusses the  approaches for compliance in the areas of cell banking, cell culture  and downstream processing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;          GMP compliance is a legal requirement in most of the world, with  increased emphasis on enforcement in the last several years. But what  does GMP mean for clinical trial manufacturing?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;      Adherence to GMPs during clinical trial material manufacturing  compensates for the lack of completely fixed routines, potential risks  associated with cross-contamination, incomplete knowledge of product  potency and toxicity, and lack of full process validation.1 In fact,  process validation may be inappropriate during clinical production.2  Emphasis is placed on personnel training, which is especially critical  when operators have come from R&amp;amp;D labs where creativity, rather than  adherence to protocols, is encouraged. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  Although full process validation is not appropriate (in fact, may be  impossible) during manufacturing of materials for early clinical trials  (for example, phase 1 and/or 2), certain aspects related to safety must  be addressed. For example, as noted in the EU document, validation of  the sterilisation processes is no different than for a licensed product.  This means that sterility assays must also be validated, including  assays for bacteriostasis and fungistasis. Viral safety should be  assured as well as removal of other potentially harmful impurities.  Stringent cleaning is required to minimise cross-contamination; but as  noted in a FDA draft guidance, the use of disposables in early clinical  manufacturing can facilitate conformance with CGMP&lt;sup&gt;3&lt;/sup&gt; (In the  USA, a C is placed before GMP. GMPs should be current. Sponsors of a  biotech product are expected to employ, where feasible, state of the art  methods as they apply to patient safety.) Clearly, a graded approach  for the implementation of GMPs is accepted by regulatory authorities as  long as potential risks to patient safety are mitigated. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;                   Important safety aspects for clinical trial materials:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;                 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Sterility&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Cross contamination by products and process intermediates&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Viral safety &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;                 &lt;h4&gt;Unit Operations &lt;/h4&gt;Cell banking, cell culture, recovery, and purification  steps are unit operations used in the manufacture of biotherapeutics.  The impact of each unit operation on the others should be considered  early in development of clinical trial materials, with special focus on  patient safety issues.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;            &lt;br /&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Cell Banking&lt;/h4&gt;ICH Q5D addresses cell substrates used to produce biotechnological  products. Establishment of a two-tiered cell banking system - master  cell bank (MCB) and working cell bank (WCB) - is expected for licensed  products, but it is realistic to have only an MCB for early clinical  studies provided there is sufficient material to expand into WCBs at  later stages. Since a new MCB is considered a new product, it is  important at even the earliest stages to ensure the integrity, quantity  and back-up storage for the MCB. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  Although the scope statement in ICH Q5D states that it provides  recommendations on information that should be present in market  applications, cell line characterisation is an essential activity for  patient safety. Not only should cell banks be tested prior to entering  clinical studies, even earlier screening for bacteria and fungi,  mycoplasma, and virus is advisable to prevent having to replace MCBs  that are found to contain adventitious agents during the  characterisation studies - an activity that will almost certainly result  in the need to repeat earlier (and expensive) studies such as  toxicology. It is also important to keep in mind that new assays and  findings of new viruses require companies to periodically review cell  substrate characterisation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;       &lt;h4&gt;Cell Culture &lt;/h4&gt;In a preliminary draft guidance, the FDA noted that during phase  3/pivotal studies, the stability of cells during growth should be  validated. What happens if at this late development stage the cells are  found to be unstable? Some companies have tried to change culture media  to stabilise the cells, but this poses other risks such as alterations  in product expression level, glycosylation or other post-translational  modifications, and quantity and quality of host cell proteins. In  reality, companies should perform a pre-study to understand if the cells  will be stable under the process conditions. Companies want to obtain  maximum productivity from cell culture processes and are, therefore,  almost always continuing to optimise process conditions during clinical  development. This has the potential to alter endogenous retrovirus  expression, host cell protein expression, product modifications, and  downstream processing. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;   &lt;h4&gt;Downstream Processing&lt;/h4&gt;The impact of a change in cell culture on downstream processing is not  always obvious. Addition of an antifoam in cell culture caused increased  leaching of Protein A from a chromatography column. Fortunately, the  remainder of the downstream process was designed to provide a final  product with sufficient Protein A removal. A change in bioreactor design  caused increased cell death, which resulted in increased levels of DNA  that needed to be cleared by the downstream process. A change in culture  media can result in the need to redesign the downstream process to  remove specific culture components. As noted above, retrovirus  expression levels can be altered by changes in cell culture, notably by  changes that significantly alter the metabolic state of the cells and/or  rates of protein expression.4 An increase in retrovirus expression  levels can require changes in the downstream process to ensure viral  safety. Communication between upstream and downstream personnel is key  to the design of a downstream process that will be suitable for the  manufacture of clinical material. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  Downstream processes are used to clear both known and potential viruses  from the unprocessed bulk material derived from cell culture. Viral  safety is an important issue that needs to be addressed prior to  entering clinical studies, but there are different opinions around the  world regarding how many viruses should be evaluated in a clearance  study prior to phase 1 clinical trials. Attempts are now being made to  provide guidance for companies wishing to enter clinical trials in the  EU.5 For clinical trials of monoclonal antibodies in the USA, the Points  to Consider provide guidance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  There is a lot to be said for designing a robust downstream process that  can remove viruses within a specified range of conditions. This range  of parameters defines the design space.7 Defining the design space  requires robustness, also called characterisation, studies. These  studies use statistical methods, such as DOE, to evaluate different  parameters, their ranges, and their influence on product quality. In  chromatography, the design space might include upper and lower limits  for protein load, flow rate, buffer pH and conductivity. Determining the  appropriate design space requires an understanding, derived from  development, of why a unit operation is incorporated into the overall  process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  Typically, in phase 3, processes are scaled up. Scale up usually  requires some modifications, in the best case only minor ones.  Understanding manufacturing's capabilities is an important element for  successful scale-up. These capabilities should be considered during  process development. Both production equipment and in-process controls  should be evaluated. In many cases, in-process analysis capabilities are  not the same at development and production scales. Once scale-up is  verified and any necessary modifications made, process validation can be  carried out. At this point in development, full compliance with current  GMPs is required. Process validation, a GMP requirement, usually  necessitates a combination of both small and manufacturing scales.  Small-scale models must be demonstrated to represent manufacturing, if  the data are to be meaningful and accepted by regulatory agencies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  In conclusion, it is important to keep in mind that a step-wise  implementation of GMPs is accepted, but any elements related to patient  safety should be implemented prior to clinical studies. Furthermore, as  processes are optimised during development, some safety-related issues  need to be reconsidered. This can include, for example, a repeat of  viral clearance studies if the feedstream is modified during process  optimisation in phase 1 and/or 2 clinical trials. The amount of risk to  patient safety that is tolerated is determined by the disease which is  being treated and, often, by local regulatory authorities. Getting  regulatory input prior to submitting an application to begin clinical  trials can be very useful.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;                  &lt;h4&gt;References&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;EU GMP Annex 13. Manufacture of Investigational Medicinal Products; EU 07/03.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;ICH Q7A, Good Manufacturing Practice Guide for APIs; November 2000.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;US FDA. Guidance for Industry, INDs - approaches to complying with CGMP during phase 1; January 2006.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Brorson K et al. 'Impact of Cell Culture Process Changes on  Endogenous Retrovirus Expression';  Biotechnol. Bioeng; 80(2002)257-67.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Brorson K et al. 'Viral Safety Evaluation of Biotech Products Used in clinical Trials'; PDA Letter, January 2006, pp12.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;US FDA. Points to Consider in the Manufacture and Testing of Monoclonal Antibody Products for Human Use; February 1997.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;ICH Q8 Pharmaceutical Development; November 2005.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-2340113263833969912?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2340113263833969912'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2340113263833969912'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/manufacturing-processing-compliance.html' title='Manufacturing &amp; Processing - Compliance with GMPs During Development'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-3105905382049146693</id><published>2011-01-02T03:24:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-02T03:24:40.456-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Single-use Bioprocess Containers'/><title type='text'>Single-use Bioprocess Containers</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;Economics of usage in Asia&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div id="vt_plogo_sec"&gt;      Extensive adoption of single-use products in manufacturing has  shown considerable cost reductions by limiting initial capital costs,  utilities required and cleaning validation etc. Do they promise the same  benefits in the Asian manufacturing scenario, where overall cost of  production and labour are  significantly lower than in the West? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;      &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id="vt_padd_sec"&gt;     &lt;span&gt;Swapnil Ballal  &lt;/span&gt;     Head, Biopharmaceutical&lt;br /&gt;Bulk Manufacturing,&lt;br /&gt;Intas Biopharmaceuticals Ltd., India &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;      Single-use disposables have become a common name in the  biomanufacturing industry world over. All major companies related to  equipment and filtration products are present in this domain. They are  increasing their presence by introducing more products in the disposable  / single-use format. Some of the well-known benefits are: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;    &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Lower capital investments&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Cost savings in cleaning and sterilisation &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Elimination of cleaning validation requirements&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Speed of deployment and batch changeover&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; Flexibility of operating scales.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;      Increasing implementation of single-use technologies clearly indicates that their benefits are attractive to the users. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;       &lt;h4&gt; Drivers of single-use technology&lt;/h4&gt;More than 1,000 biotech-based new drug entities are in various  pre-clinical and clinical phases. A large number of such leads are being  developed by startups and small sized firms with one to four lead  candidates in their development pipeline. Since manufacturing plants  take years to be built and costs run into hundreds of million dollars,  most biotechnology companies are reluctant to make investments to  support a therapeutic candidate still undergoing clinical trials. They  rely on Contract Manufacturing Organisations (CMOs) for facilities and  production expertise. This allows them to focus their resources on  product development and establish a proof-of-concept in clinical trials.  Meanwhile, CMOs executing short-term production requirements benefit  from the fast turnaround and flexibility offered by the single-use  products while limiting allied activities like changeover and cleaning  validation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; The operating dynamics in Asia are quite different from the developed  markets. This is largely due to the business model of the Asian  biopharmaceutical industry which is primarily based on biogeneric  products, lower labour costs and low-cost operations. In a scenario  where the CMOs not catering to the local market and very few innovations  taking place in biotechnology, the benefits of single-use technology  using bioprocess containers as a model in Asian scenario can be  reconsidered. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Capital investments&lt;/h4&gt;Asia benefits from having a well-developed steel fabrication set-up  for the production of customised GMP vessels and related fabrication. A  large number of EMEA and US FDA plants in India and in other parts of  Asia make use of such indigenous fabricators.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; A 200-500 litres mixing tank for buffer preparation costs around US$  50,000 in India, which includes a jacketed pressure vessel with  Clean-In-Place (CIP) / Sterilize-In-Place (SIP) pressure ratings,  magnetic agitator, pH and temperature controls. Fabrication costs for  similar units in the West are one and half to three times higher. The  difference in cost is mainly due to the overall lower operating costs  and low-cost skilled labour and not necessarily due to the usage of  lower quality components. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; On the other hand, a 200-litre bag holder with jacket and magnetic  stirrer would cost around US$ 40,000 to 60,000 depending upon the  configuration selected. Additional accessories like tubing sealer,  tubing cutter etc. would take the cost to US$ 90,000. pH, conductivity  and temperature control requirements further increase the cost. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; A. Sinclair &amp;amp; M. Monge showed that adopting a single-use  Bioprocess Containers (BPC)-based manufacturing system could result in  overall capital saving of about 20-40 per cent over the traditional  Stainless Steel (SS) fixed tank set-up in US or Europe. The major  difference in Cost of Goods (COG) is due to the reduction in capital  charges, smaller size of utility systems and decreased manpower for  Quality Assurance &amp;amp; Quality Control for a disposable-component-based  concept plant.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; With products like SS tanks, CIP / SIP skids and other customised  engineering products and piping available in Asia at a cost that is less  than 25-50 per cent that of the US and Europe, the difference in  capital investment between a plant with BPC set-up and with fixed SS  tank decreases to a near equal level, if not to a lower one. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Operating cost &lt;/h4&gt;The cost of cleaning and sterilising a SS fixed tank is directly  related to the cost of utility required. While the reduction in absolute  quantity of utility may look very significant in terms of volume, the  cost of CIP and SIP operation may actually be only a fraction of the  cost of the bag itself. The cost of generating purified water / WFI is  in the range of US$ 6 to 10 for 1,000 litres. For the cleaning of a  200-litre tank with a highly unoptimised CIP cycle, requiring 1,000  litres of water, one would spend less than US$ 10 of utilities in each  run, while a single 200-litres bag alone costs above US$ 250. A process  using five bags each day working 150 days in a year would require US$  187,000 worth of bags alone against US$ 7,500 worth of utilities for a  fixed tank. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Elimination of cleaning validation requirement&lt;/h4&gt;Cleaning validation is portrayed as one of the biggest cause of  stress for bio-manufacturers. The gap between practice and regulatory  expectation has been decreasing over the years. As per ranking of total  GMP deficiencies by EMEA between 1995 and 2005, cleaning validation  comes at 23rd place with only 1.3 per cent deficiency attributed to the  category of cleaning validation and only one critical deficiency out of  193 deficiencies cited during the period, indicating that regulators are  satisfied with the approach and extent of cleaning validation.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; Cleaning validation of buffer and process intermediate tanks consume  additional resources over the set-up based on BPC. The cleaning of  buffer tanks in itself is easier to validate since these are not  expected to contact and contaminate the product and product carryover  issues are minimal. Cleaning validation of intermediate holding tanks  can be reduced by intelligent and judicious selection of worst case  scenario and bracketing to minimise the number of runs required for  validation.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; The point being emphasised here is that the science of cleaning  validation is well established and since one would require cleaning  validation of other plant equipment like fermenters, chromatography  systems and columns, the set-up for cleaning validation would anyway  exist and, therefore, it would only be the case of increasing the scope  of the cleaning validation.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; On the other hand, the use of bags is most practical for contract  manufacturers since it eliminates cleaning validation studies for a  different product each time. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Additional validation requirements &lt;/h4&gt;The use of single-use disposable systems brings a whole new set of  validation requirements, which are at times more complex in nature than  cleaning validation, largely due to the limited knowledge base and  regulatory exposure. These are compatibility testing, extractables and  leachables testing, mixing efficiency testing, leak testing, endotoxin,  short-term and long-term stability testing and sterility validation.  These are generally product-specific. Though reduceable for similar  buffers, they still require product-specific testing for each product  and intermediate. The analytical methods involved range from pH,  conductivity to LC-MS, GC &amp;amp; GC-MS based analytical tools. The cost  of carrying out the same also needs to be factored. Moreover, major bag  manufacturers use different resins and probably different moulding  procedures and chemicals.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  &lt;div id="spbli"&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;Table1: Cost of Goods Comparision - US/EU&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Labour&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Material&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Indirect Material&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Consumables&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Capital&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Total&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Savings&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Traditional&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;200.1&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;61.5&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;82.2&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;40.8&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;149.1&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;533.7&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;0%&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul class="wi"&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disposables Concept&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;154.4&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;57&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;74.2&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;76.3&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;83.7&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;445.6&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;17%&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Adapted from: A. Sinclair and M. Monge, BioProcess International 3(9): s51-55 (October 2005)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;      &lt;img alt="Figure 1: Contribution of individual costhead to cost of goods – US / EU" height="415" src="http://www.pharmafocusasia.com/manufacturing/images/contribution_of_individual.jpg" width="256" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Figure 1: Contribution of individual cost head to cost of goods - US / EU &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  Simple substitution is not possible as in the case of stainless  steel tanks, thereby increasing the reliance on a single bag  manufacturer. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;      &lt;h4&gt;Cost of Goods analysis&lt;/h4&gt;The Cost of Goods (COG) for any manufacturing process plays a decisive role in acceptance of the technology. &lt;br /&gt;As shown in Table 1, COG comparison of a traditional steel  vessel-based plant and a disposable concept plant indicates a saving of  17 per cent using disposable technology. Contribution of each major head  is shown in Figure 1.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; Considering a 30 per cent lower capital cost in Asia for traditional  plants and 15 per cent for disposable plant (since disposables set-up is  to be imported), it is seen that the savings using a disposable set-up  are reduced to about 6.5 per cent (Table 2 and Figure 2). If import  duties on the disposable components are added at the current rate of 30  per cent in India, the COG for a traditional plant would be lower than  that of the disposables. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; With the continuous increase in price of crude oil and that of the  base plastic resin, operating cost of plants using plastics may keep on  increasing, while a steel set-up once installed would not add  significantly to operating expenses. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;   &lt;div id="spbli"&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;Table 2: Cost of Goods Comparision - Asia&lt;/h4&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Labour*&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Material&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Indirect Material&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Consumables&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Capital**&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Total&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Savings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Traditional&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;50.0&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;61.5&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;82.2&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;40.8&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;104.4&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;338.9&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;0%&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul class="wi"&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disposables Concept&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;38.6&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;57.0&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;74.2&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;76.3&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;71.1&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;317.2&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6%&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;* Considering Asian labour cost in Asia to be 25% of US/EU&lt;br /&gt;** Considering 30% lesser capital for traditional and 15% lesser capital for disposable plant in Asia&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;img alt="Figure 2: Contribution of individual costhead to cost of goods - Asia" height="403" src="http://www.pharmafocusasia.com/manufacturing/images/head_to_cost_of_goods.jpg" width="246" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;   Decreasing the disposable products cost by about 30 per cent and  eliminating import duties would make the scenario for adopting  disposable products and technologies favourable. This cost reduction can  be brought about by offering better pricing for Asian markets and by  exploring the possibility of manufacturing such units in Asia itself.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Drivers for adopting single¬-use disposable containers in Asia &lt;/h4&gt;Users from the US and Europe whose revenue came from contract  manufacturing were the early adopters of disposable technology. Adopting  the technology brought immediate reduction in capital with quick  turnaround time. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; However, in Asia, the focus is still on the manufacturing of  biologics for captive use. Since the market for such products is highly  cost-sensitive, increase in the overall cost of the finished product is  critical. Since many of these plants operate mono-product lines /  set-up, the need for adopting BPC set-up may not be very high.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; In situations where living organisms are handled, single-use products  can ensure the safety of the product as well as the operators, and thus  would find early acceptance.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; Contract manufacturers in Asia would also find single-use products  useful, though such manufacturers are limited in number as of now.  Single-use products would also find their use in scale-up and  development labs, which have limited set-up for tank processing,  allowing them to process on a larger scale in an R&amp;amp;D set-up. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; One of the areas where single-use disposables set-up can be of great  interest is finished dose manufacturing. The existing fill-finish  facility can be adapted to single-use set-up without disturbing the  existing set-up, allowing manufacturers to have a greater degree of  assurance as well as flexibility of scale.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; In addition to the above, facilities which are limited in capacity  due to utility limitations like Water For Injection / clean steam can  benefit from use of the single-use bioprocess bags. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Conclusion&lt;/h4&gt;In the European and US scenario, there is possibly a clear capital  investment benefit in adopting the single-use bags and tanks. The same  may not hold true in most Asian countries, where steel fabrication and  labour costs are low.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; The decrease in efforts in carrying out cleaning validation of fixed  system needs to be evaluated critically against the cost of additional  validation related to compatibility of plastics with process fluids.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; Potential adopters of single-use bioprocess vessels need to carry out  a critical evaluation of economic benefits while selecting between  fixed tank system and single-use system.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; They should also perform a thorough cost-analysis on their own before singling out one option.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; Scenario of a hybrid system with a fixed non-product dedicated set-up  like buffer preparation, transfer and hold with single-use product  contact can also be a good compromise between cost and flexibility while  making full use of the advantages of single-use systems. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; Acknowledgements: I wish to thank Mahesh Kodilkar of Intas  Biopharmaceuticals Ltd. and Vishal Wagh, Director, adam fabriwerk,  Mumbai for their valuable contributions. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Author Bio&lt;/h4&gt;Swapnil Ballal is currently heading India's only EU-GMP approved  biopharmaceutical plant at Intas Biopharmaceuticals Ltd. Being  associated with the Indian biotechnology industry for the past 12 years  he is presently overseeing manufacturing of 4 bio-therapeutics products  along with contract manufacturing projects. He joined Intas in 2000 and  played key roles in the set up of the  biotechnology and R&amp;amp;D  divisions and the manufacturing plant for biologics. Prior to Intas, he  worked for Wockhardt Research Centre. He received his MSc in Marine  Biotechnology from Goa University and holds professional membership at  PDA and ISPE. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;References&lt;/h4&gt;1. Quantitative Economic Evaluation of Single Use Disposables in  Bioprocessing: Sinclair A, Monge M, Pharmaceutical Engineering, 2002,  Vol. 22,3, 20-34 &lt;br /&gt;2. Design Economics for USP Purified Water Systems, Andrew Collentro, MECO, Inc. Pharmaceutical Processing, Dec 2004&lt;br /&gt;3. Good Manufacturing Practice: An analysis of regulatory inspection  findings in the centralised procedure, EMEA/INS/GMP/23022/2007, January  2007&lt;br /&gt;4. Implementation and Validation of Single Use Systems : Ian Sellick &amp;amp; Joe Dallapiazza, Pall Life Science, 2007&lt;br /&gt;5. Andrew Sinclair and Miriam Monge:BioProcess International 3(9):S51-55 (October 2005)&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-3105905382049146693?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3105905382049146693'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/3105905382049146693'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/single-use-bioprocess-containers.html' title='Single-use Bioprocess Containers'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-415447496864998944</id><published>2011-01-02T03:23:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-02T03:23:50.948-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='A compliant IT environment with IT service management software'/><title type='text'>A compliant IT environment with IT service management software</title><content type='html'>&lt;div id="vt_plogo_sec"&gt;      IT can play a key role in cutting down the costs of production  and helping biopharmaceutical companies maintain regulatory compliance.  IT service management software can be an essential element in &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id="vt_padd_sec"&gt;     &lt;span&gt;David A Medina&lt;/span&gt;     Chief Technologist&lt;br /&gt;Worldwide Health &amp;amp; Life Sciences&lt;br /&gt;Hewlett Packard,  USA &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;                  As the complexity of the biotechnology industry increased,  pharmaceutical companies have struggled to ensure that their IT  organisations keep pace with the latest hardware and software  applications. Yet, the need to maintain regulatory compliance while  ensuring that an organisation’s IT infrastructure meet its ever-changing  business requirements, is a significant challenge that industry faces  today. Biopharmaceutical companies must deal with the regulatory  pressures of cost-effectively maintaining a qualified IT infrastructure  with validated business applications, while dealing with the business  demands of managing and controlling an IT infrastructure through  effective IT Service Management (for example: change control or incident  management). IT service management software can help companies  cost-effectively meet their needs in both of these arenas.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ITIL – A framework for compliant IT service management&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Regulatory compliance is one of the critical elements in the  pharmaceutical industry that drives a significant portion of IT  spending. Consequently, proper IT service management plays a significant  role in reducing company risk by maintaining compliance in a  cost-effective fashion. One of the most effective methods of achieving  IT compliance is by adopting a process management framework such as  Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL®). The ITIL  framework is a proven and accepted model for regulatory compliance,  especially since process requirements for a mature ITIL model are in  line with FDA requirements. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By using ITIL as a framework and incorporating common enhancements  to ensure FDA regulatory compliance, such as approval levels, record  controls, and integrating risk management techniques, a pharmaceutical  company’s IT department can cost-effectively maintain compliance.  Adopting ITIL allows companies to measure, monitor and analyse processes  that enable implementation, management and continuous improvement of  their IT services and underlying infrastructure. ITIL also enables  companies to better incorporate risk analysis and management in their  procedures.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many pharmaceutical companies are moving towards, or have adopted  an ITIL-based approach to IT service management. However, due to the  documentation required to demonstrate regulatory compliance, most pharma  IT processes are paper-based and not easily accessible throughout the  enterprise. As a result, there is a significant opportunity to reduce  the cost of managing IT infrastructures while increasing the level of  regulatory compliance. This can be accomplished by automating ITIL  processes using IT service management software. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;           &lt;div class="rigim"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;img alt="Time savings from use of automated testing and test management software" height="354" src="http://www.pharmafocusasia.com/information_technology/images/David_Medina.jpg" title="Time savings from use of automated testing and test management software" width="305" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;       Driving consistent processes through automation&lt;br /&gt;From the perspective of managing IT delivery, IT service  management software can help ensure compliance through the integration  of all IT processes. These software tools allow for the continuous flow  and visibility of information. IT Service Management can provide a  single, enterprise-wide platform for incident management, problem  management, change and configuration management, release management and  service level management.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IT Service Management will also reduce the cost of maintaining IT  infrastructure in a compliant state by allowing for optimisation and  stabilisation of existing processes and electronic management  (authorisation and approval) of IT infrastructure management process and  procedures. This will reduce the cost of IT Infrastructure compliance  and qualification by eliminating much of the paper-based documentation  and process / procedure approvals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, in the realm of change control, IT management  software with ITIL-based procedures can help streamline processes and  approvals while reducing the risk of implementing unauthorised changes.  Pharma companies can benefit from software that allows them to quickly  implement standard processes throughout an enterprise, with proper  approval controls and mechanisms, while maintaining 21 CFR compliant  digital signatures, audit trails etc. The software should also be able  to track all changes, allowing IT managers to look at the overall  processes from a workflow perspective where they can evaluate and  control the impact of system-wide changes. With IT Service Management,  IT managers can easily manage all related tasks and actions in a change  process, tracking action items through completion. From a compliance  perspective, IT (and compliance) managers can more easily capture, and  manage, exceptions and deviations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;      Accelerating the validation process through automation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another area where software can drive compliance as well as help  to better manage the IT infrastructure is in the area of computer  software validation. Processes and tools must be developed and  implemented to maintain the software and hardware involved in  FDA-regulated processes in a validated state. ITIL and IT automation  software tools in combination with some specific enhancements, can help  biopharmaceutical companies automate the processes around software  validation in order to ensure that they are able to take advantage of  the latest IT technologies, while lowering costs and risk and  maintaining compliance with regulatory requirements for IT qualification  and validation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It should be recognised that computer software validation does  make good business sense. It is less expensive to validate proper system  functionality up front than to deal with inconsistent performance  later. However, effective computer software validation must be an  integral part of IT operations. The need to maintain applications in a  validated state has encouraged some negative behaviours, such as:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• Reluctance to perform patches or upgrades because of need to revalidate applications&lt;br /&gt;• Manual validation processes often result in out-of-date IT environments that can be very difficult and costly to maintain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Leveraging test management and automation software will allow  biopharma companies to improve their validation processes and reduce  compliance risk through the automation of their current paper-based  processes. These benefits include time and cost reduction, increased  consistency and quality, repeatability and enhanced agility, and  automatic report generation. The end result will enable companies to  deploy application patches and upgrades more frequently keeping IT  infrastructures technologically current and compliant. This can be  accomplished by incorporating automated functional testing, automated  performance testing, test management and monitoring managed through  software automation tools into the process. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IT infrastructure software accelerates the validation effort by  helping to automate elements of the validation process particularly  Operational Qualification (OQ), Performance Qualification (PQ),  traceability matrix and the summary report. The role of OQ and PQ in  software validation is to assess the key metric of whether or not  applications function according to their intended use. Regression  testing helps assure that the functionality and performance of  applications continue to meet expectations over time as changes occur to  the system. However, manually maintaining a regression suite is costly  and labour-intensive, and they must be re-run after patches or major  software updates. These software tools reduce the amount of time devoted  to OQ and PQ by automating and accelerating regression testing to  dramatically reduce execution times while providing fixed and repeatable  sets of tests. The result is that automated testing will reduce time,  and costs in the areas of OQ, PQ, generating a Traceability Matrix and  Validation Summary Report. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These tools also allow organisations to better incorporate a  risk-based approach by allowing them to look at their integrated  applications and focus on areas of the application that are critical to  human safety. For example, should a company identify, through their  risk-based analysis, an application that has a high-risk profile for  drug safety; they can use them, in conjunction with a risk-based  approach, to perform more rigorous testing on those application areas of  highest risk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once a company completes its validation and automation, thereby  improving its efficiencies and reducing the cost of initial testing,  they can be further used to perform periodic testing. Good validation  SOPs and IT processes also call for regulated companies to periodically  test their IT environments. This is a perfect situation where  biopharmaceutical companies can use automated testing tools for  scheduling and conducting the required testing and save the results for  later review and action. The use of these tools will allow an  organisation to quickly and cheaply verify that their environment is in a  validated state. Thus, management of an IT infrastructure becomes much  more agile when companies can increase their testing to a more frequent  basis through automation. The result is better assurance of a validated  state and preparedness for validation audits as well as a better  understanding of the operational status of their IT environment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IT management and compliance through software automation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IT infrastructure software management tools can be a key weapon in  the arsenal of pharmaceutical companies to help ensure both compliance  and cost-effective management of their IT infrastructures. Many  companies are discovering that deploying software tools for incident,  problem, change and configuration, release and service level management  as well as test management can actually help reduce compliance  uncertainty and greatly streamline operations. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Properly deployed IT management tools and automation technology  actually lowers compliance risk by enforcing standard policies and  procedures to ensure a stable IT infrastructure. Coupled with ITIL  practices these tools will allow organisations to evaluate and analyse  their processes and procedures in terms of best-IT practices and their  risk management profile. Validation processes are more efficient and  effective with automation testing technology, which helps to ensure a  thorough testing of validated IT environments. Automated tests reduce  the time required for complex testing as well as ensuring their  repeatability and consistency. The result is that organisations are able  to better maintain an effective and available software environment that  is current with the latest patches and upgrades.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Any life science organisation that is interested in the  cost-effective, compliant management of its IT infrastructure can use IT  Service Management software to help implement its ITIL service delivery  strategies to positively impact the business in the highly- regulated  environment of the pharmaceutical industry.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;      &lt;h4&gt;Author Bio&lt;/h4&gt;David Medina is responsible for the pharmaceutical and life science  research segments in HP’s Worldwide Health &amp;amp; Life Science group.  Prior to that he held leadership positions with Quintiles Consulting,  Medical Manager, Dianon Systems, and Confer Software.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-415447496864998944?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/415447496864998944'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/415447496864998944'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/compliant-it-environment-with-it.html' title='A compliant IT environment with IT service management software'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-1049409061315481397</id><published>2011-01-02T03:23:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-02T03:23:11.635-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Cell-based Potency Assays'/><title type='text'>Cell-based Potency Assays</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;Adhering to GMP standards&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div id="vt_plogo_sec"&gt;      The means of measuring the biological activity of a new drug is  of critical importance to its release. The process through which a  manufacturer can achieve this measure should be clearly defined before  pre-clinical studies are initiated. The quality and validation  requirements of these studies are defined in a number of regulations but  experience of interpretation of these guidelines is essential in  establishing a regulatory-compliant assay.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;      &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div id="vt_padd_sec"&gt;     &lt;span&gt;Daniel N Galbraith,  &lt;/span&gt;     Head, Operations&lt;br /&gt;and &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  &lt;span&gt;Andrew Upsall,   &lt;/span&gt;     Head, In vitro Services &lt;br /&gt;BioOutsource Ltd., UK  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;          &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;     &lt;div class="rigim"&gt;&lt;span&gt;&lt;img alt="GMP" src="http://www.pharmafocusasia.com/manufacturing/images/gmp.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;A  biological measurement of the activity of a drug is perhaps the most  critical step in the series of tests required for product release for  both clinical trials as well as the market and plays an important role  in the stability assessment of drug candidates. All drugs require a  clearly defined specification for release; wherever possible, this  should be in place at the pre-clinical stage in a basic format and made  more stringent throughout the product life cycle leading to a clearly  defined set of release tests that constitutes the marketing  authorisation. Some of these assays are generic and can be very simple,  such as a measurement of the pH of the material or the product  appearance. However, others are product-specific and can be problematic  and require significant scientific insight and thorough validation; the  cell-based potency assays fall into the latter category. &lt;/div&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;Animal studies&lt;/h4&gt;Biological drugs seldom lend themselves to enzymatic reactions as a  measure of biological activity. Insulin is perhaps the only biological  which measures potency by enzymic reactions, therefore in vivo or in  vitro measures of activity are the most popular choice. Animal studies  have a number of distinct disadvantages when considering product release  within a Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) environment, not  withstanding the industry's ongoing commitment to reduce the use of  animal experimentation. Fundamentally, animal studies are typically  performed to ascertain the Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) level of  quality, rather than that of the GMP level demanded by the industry for  other release tests. Animal studies are costly and time-consuming and  are known to have a degree of variability raising  questions about their  effectiveness. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;div id="kb_subli"&gt;&lt;h4&gt;Measurements of biological activity can be performed in the following three ways:&lt;/h4&gt;• Animal studies in which a defined animal model demonstrates a  measurable, physiological change in response to application of the drug.  &lt;br /&gt;•  Cell-based assays that use a specified cell system, which on addition  of the drug, demonstrate a measureable biological response. &lt;br /&gt;•  Enzymatic reactions where the biological activity of the drug can be  measured by the accumulation of product following the chemical reaction  facilitated by the drug. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;   &lt;h4&gt; Cell-based potency assays&lt;/h4&gt;Another method to measure the biological activity of a drug that is  proving to be of interest to the majority of manufacturers is cell-based  potency assays or bioassays. Cells are living entities, representing  biological systems that possess many of the important in vivo  characteristics  that make them useful for measuring biological activity. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  Cell-based potency assays possess a number of advantages over animal  models. The most obvious is the cost, with cell-based assays typically  reducing cost by 80 to 90 per cent when compared to equivalent animal  studies. Initiation of cell-based assays can be achieved with greatly  reduced time frames and the variation associated with animal studies is  largely removed as the cells used are usually clonally derived and  maintained within strict parameters. Therefore, the variability of  response is reduced when compared to in-bred animal groups as well. For  all these reasons and many more, cell-based potency assays have been the  method of choice. However, these assays do require careful  consideration when preparing them for use in the release of a drug  product.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; When considering a bioassay, the cells are universally regarded as  the most important feature; without the cells responding in the  characterised manner, the assay will never be of use for the release of  the product. Cell-based potency assays typically start their life in the  research and development section of a large pharmaceutical organisation  or in an independent research organisation such as a University or  Government Department. These facilities often do not comply to  recognised quality system such as GLP or GMP and this presents a  significant problem. Cells from these institutions may not have  sufficient provenance to demonstrate the appropriateness of their usage  for GMP and this can be a time-consuming endeavour to undertake.  Ultimately, these tests will need to meet standard GMP requirements for  product release for clinical trials (in the European Union) and for  marketing authorisation in the rest of the world.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; The next problematic feature that can hamper assay development and  validation is the availability of information regarding the  characterisation of the reference standard. Cell-based potency assays  generally report a value relative to a standard drug batch, with every  new batch measured against it. In this way each batch can be shown to be  consistent with previous batches and the reference standard. The  provenance of the reference standard is critical to every batch released  and characterisation can be an arduous process. A successful approach  employed by most manufacturers is to use one of the early production  batches as the reference standard and obtain information during initial  assay development. Issues can arise when, following the initial clinical  trials, a number of process and formulation changes and improvements to  the manufacturing process are implemented. This results in the  reference standard no longer being an identical composition to the new  batches of the product. Significant effects on the results of the  bioassays can ensue and a new reference standard may be required to be  established for the new product design. Whenever a new reference  standard is created, a bridging study to show the comparability of the  new and old molecules is required. This again can be a time-consuming  and expensive work and may lead to project delays if not managed  effectively.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Validation of assays&lt;/h4&gt;The next major hurdle, once the cells and reference standards are in  place, is the validation of the assay to an International Conference on  Harmonisation (ICH) standard that will also meet GMP requirements of the  regulatory authority. The ICH sets out specific guidelines  for all  tests to be followed if they are to be used for the release of drugs. To  meet GMP requirements, appropriate specifications and control of  critical reagents and equipment must also be given full consideration.  For example, the incubators used to grow the cells as well as the  reagents used in the culture of the cells all require qualification and  control. Reagents, such as foetal calf serum, should be considered as  critical and even plasticware must be kept as consistent as possible to  ensure the desired performance of assay. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; To meet all the specifications in the validation guideline,  cell-based potency assay may present many obstacles and also require  considerable time and resources. The ICH Q2 guidelines describe a  bioassay as a "Quantitative test of the active moiety in samples of drug  substance or drug product or other selected component(s) in the drug  product". The validation characteristics which should be considered are  accuracy, precision, repeatability, intermediate precision, specificity,  limit of detection, linearity and range.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; The scope of the validation should include a number of assay runs to  be performed by several operators to provide sufficient data from which  appropriate conclusions can be drawn. The validation process should also  focus upon critical assay parameters in all   robustness experiments.  Overall, the aim of the validation data set is to provide evidence for  the appropriateness of the assay to have utility in the release of  product. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; Many organisations find that they have insufficient in-house  resources to undertake the task of performing validation or batch  release testing of product using these complex biopotency assays and  often consider outsourcing to a Contract Testing Organisation (CTO).  CTOs typically have experience, quality systems and suitably qualified  equipment for successful assay validation and release of product to a  GMP standard. Responsibility for stability studies, where the stability  of the biological potency of several batches of the drug is measured  over time, can also be transferred to these organisations. A major  advantage of transferring an assay to a CTO is the provision of a  back-up facility providing a critical aspect of the expected business  continuity programme that can be utilised in the event of problems  arising with the in-house testing programme.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; Transfer of an assay to a CTO requires several stages to be  considered. Quality and technical agreements need to be prepared where  the individual responsibilities of both parties are defined and  identified. Experience has shown that the important part of the  agreements relate  to critical GMP requirements such as responsibility for Out of  Specification Results and Deviations to Protocols and these requirements  should be clearly defined. Following agreement on documentation, "proof  of concept" studies are performed to demonstrate that the cells used in  the assay grow and respond in a consistent manner with the original  (expert) laboratory. GMP compliance requires that the operators are  suitably trained and it is often considered to be prudent for operators  from the expert laboratory to conduct training for analysts of the  receiving laboratory. Upon successful completion of these studies, a  formal protocol should be initiated to establish conclusively that  consistent results can be obtained between the laboratories. A  technology transfer will then be performed, if transferring a validated  assay or a validation study can be performed at the CTO. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;The way forward&lt;/h4&gt;Cell-based potency assays are clearly seen as the way forward as  methods to set the specifications for new drug products. These assays  provide a clear and reliable indication of the activity of the drug and  provide a consistent means of measuring this over time. These assays do  however require a commitment of time and resources which may necessitate  the use of outsourcing the work to a CTO. This endeavour should be  carefully considered and the right partner to assist should be selected  with care, ensuring that sufficient experience and resources are  available. As biologic drugs become widely used, the demand for  efficient release of drug to the market will also increase. Planning for  this in a timely manner is a challenge to all manufacturers. However,  the failure to do so will result in inevitable delays to release and  eventually add cost to the bottom line.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Author Bio&lt;/h4&gt;Daniel Galbraith heads the Operations for BioOutsource Ltd., a GMP  testing organisation which supports batch release of vaccines and  biologics. Daniel comes to BioOutsource following experience heading  departments in Covance Laboratories and MedImmune. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br class="brclear" /&gt; Andrew Upsall leads a team of scientists who support safety and  potency testing for new biologics and vaccines. Andrew comes to  BioOutsource following experience in a number of positions in the  pharmaceutical industry.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-1049409061315481397?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/1049409061315481397'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/1049409061315481397'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/cell-based-potency-assays.html' title='Cell-based Potency Assays'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-2455526424221314690</id><published>2011-01-01T21:14:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-01T21:14:49.091-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Drug Reconstitution: Market Needs and Technical Challenges'/><title type='text'>Drug Reconstitution: Market Needs and Technical Challenges</title><content type='html'>Graham Reynolds&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many reconstituted drugs are administered at home by the patient. Different technologies for reconstitution have gained approval and acceptance among pharmaceutical companies and their patients.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For patients who must manage chronic diseases — such as hemophilia, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes, and others — medication issues can present significant challenges regarding safety, ease of administration, cost, compliance, and other factors. Fortunately, continual advances and breakthroughs from pharmaceutical companies are delivering tremendous improvements in theform of more effective medications. However, these medications typically require frequent injections; depending on the nature of the disease and the patient’s individual condition, those injections could be weekly, daily, or even multipletimes a day.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In an effort to reduce health care costs and improve patient satisfaction, there has been a marked increase in patient self-administration of medications forchronic conditions. Many pharmaceutical companies are turning to home-deliveryand administration of these injectable medications, most of which are manufacturedand sold in lyophilized (or “freeze-dried”) form and require reconstitution,mixing, or transfer before administration. This reconstitution process can becomplex and introduce certain issues to consider.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WHY DO WE NEED RECONSTITUTION SYSTEMS?&lt;br /&gt;Many new drugs, especially those developed by bio-pharmaceutical companies, are initially marketed in lyophilized form for two primary reasons: shelf-life and time-to-market. A lyophilized drug maintains its stability and potency over time, extending its shelf-life for prolonged storage. Some drugs marketed in lyophilized form may eventually be available as liquids, but lyophilizationprovides the fastest route to market for many drugs, and the only option forthose not stable in a liquid form.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These drugs — often packaged in a powdered form in vials —requirean additional preparation step prior to administration. That additional stepis the traditional reconstitution process. With traditional reconstitution, thereare two vials and one disposable syringe. One vial contains the lyophilized drugand the other contains the diluent (often water, but occasionally another liquid).The patient or caregiver must use the syringe to insert air into the vial containingdiluent, withdraw the diluent into the syringe, insert the diluent into the vial containing the lyophilized drug, mix the solution to create an injectable medication, and draw a measured dose back into the syringe for injection. Not surprisingly,this rudimentary reconstitution process presents several formidable challenges.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A Lack of Expertise – In most instances, reconstituted drugs are administered in non-clinical settings (typically at home) by patients or caregivers who are not trained health care professionals. While it’s far more convenient for patients who can avoid repeated trips to clinics and other facilities for routine injections, it can be a daunting experience to prepare and administer an injectable drug. Pharma companies need to ensure that the process is simple and safe.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Added Risks – Any drug that requires mixing presents complications and risks. For instance, a hemophiliac must be especially vigilant to prevent accidental needle sticks. There can be inadvertent contaminations or exposures to sometimes-toxic drugs (often resulting from so-called “spray-back”). And there’s a greater risk of inaccurate process — such as using improper concentrations, resulting in incorrect dosing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Compliance Concerns – If the process is complicated, dosing accuracy may suffer. And if the process is difficult, unpleasant, or painful, it can become an impediment to patient compliance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Waste – Pharmaceutical manufacturers often overfill the vial by as much as 35 percent to ensure that there is a sufficient quantity of the reconstituted drug to administer the correct dose. The overfill compensates for the inherent variability of the manual process, as well as the difficulty of removing the liquid completely from the vial. From the patient’s perspective, there’s a risk of mishandling or contamination that can necessitate throwing out very expensive drugs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A number of newer, advanced products on the market can provide both professionals and non-professionals alike with safe, convenient, and easy-to-use systems for reconstituting and administering injectable drugs. These systems can be provided either as a total packaged solution or as components for specialized use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 1:&lt;br /&gt;A vial adaptor is a low-cost solution to&lt;br /&gt;improving the reconstitutionprocess.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2: A needle-less transfer device allows for pressurization and transfer of the diluent into the vial containing the hyophilized drug.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many of the new reconstitution systems can be adapted to currently marketed drugs without the need to change manufacturing processes or packaging components such as vials, stoppers, and seals. They are offered as a total system that can be packaged with the filled drug vial and the reconstitution components. Such systems usually consist of a plastic device that joins the drug vial to the diluent container that can be a pre-filled syringe, vial, or infusion bag. Reconstitution devices can be sterile and fully supported by appropriate regulatory filings. To further enhance convenience, all required items to perform the reconstitution can be packaged together in a kit form. The following sectionexamines some of the leading reconstitution options.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SELECTING THE RIGHT RECONSTITUTION ALTERNATIVE&lt;br /&gt;An advanced reconstitution system can add value to currently marketed and pipeline drug products. When evaluating various alternatives for advanced reconstitution, pharmaceutical makers should carefully consider various factors. Among thekey criteria are the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The type of drug – If it’s expensive or more toxic, there are implications for the type of reconstitution method you choose.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The diluent volume type – Different volumes will present you with a varying number of options.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The administration method – Is the drug to be injected subcutaneously,intravenously, or intramuscularly?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Linkage to secondary administration – If you need to connect (post-reconstitution) to a bag or auto-injector, certain options are more advantageous.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The competitive environment – Many drug makers use reconstitution and delivery as differentiators for products that may be approaching commodity status.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Time-to-market requirements – Reconstitution systems that use existing, approved packaging avoid the need for regulatory review.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Overfill issues – Systems that reduce the need to overfill vials with lyophilized medications are ideal for expensive pharmaceuticals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Vial Adaptors&lt;br /&gt;Vial adaptors — which provide quick, safe, and cost-effective transfer of the diluent — are a low-cost solution to improving the reconstitution process (see Figure 1). These systems connect a syringe of a diluent (either pre-filled or filled from another container such as a vial or ampoule) to a vial with a lyophilized drug and provide for quick and safe transfer from vials, allowing convenient, optimal quantity aspiration. The adapter snaps to the neck of the standard vial after the plastic button has been flipped off. A plastic spike pierces the stopper; needles are not used. The reconstituteddrug is transferred to a syringe by a luer connection. Vial adapters come in a variety of sizes as well as venting and inline filter options; an optional incorporated valve system maintains stability for multi-dose applications. One can even use different variations of the vial adapter to connect to other containers such as IV bags and cartridges (for subsequent insertion into apen system) as well as nasal or oral administration routes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Vial-to-Vial Systems&lt;br /&gt;Vial-to-vial systems offer a similar level of simplicity and cost-effectiveness through a double-adapter that connects to the top of each vial (lyophilized drug and dilu-ent). This is an ideal solution for connecting vials of different sizes. You can color-code the adapters (e.g., blue side is for diluent) and add particulate filters and venting if necessary/desired. This is a very easy process for patients and no needles are required to reconstitute the drug. For manufacturers, vial-to-vial systems are attractive because theynecessitate no changes to the vials they currently use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Needle-less Transfer Devices&lt;br /&gt;This is a more sophisticated form of vial-to-vial reconstitution (see Figure 2). This single-device model allows for pressurization and transfer of the diluent into the vial containing the lyophilized drug. The patient snaps on both vials. The diluent mixes with the powdered drug and the connectedsyringe draws in the reconstituted drug for administration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Direct Connection to Vial&lt;br /&gt;In some instances, pharmaceutical companies may opt to deploy a package in which the syringe is directly connected to a vial. The syringe is pre-filled with the proper amount of diluent and is directly attached to the vial duringthe manufacturing process. (The patient needn’t attach the vial.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This replaces the use of the traditional aluminum seal. This approach requires fewer steps for the patient. He or she simply injects the diluent directly into the vial holding the powdered drug, gently mixes the solution, and draws a measured dose back into the syringe for injection. The disadvantage is that this does require a new manufacturing process for the drug maker. Some newer direct-connection systems offer more manufacturing flexibility by using vial adapters (to support standard vials and drug packaging) and a range of syringes or even auto-injectors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dual-Chamber Syringes&lt;br /&gt;Dual-chamber syringes provide a lyophilized drug and diluent in a single unit. Reconstitution is achieved by pushing down on the syringe plunger, forcing the dilu-ent through a channel and into the second chamber where it mixes with the drug to create the injectable solution. The drug can then be injectedusing an attached needle or can be transferred through a luer connection. These systems provide a high level of end-user benefits. The pharmaceutical company, however, has additional challenges in terms of manufacturing and regulatoryrequirements because of the change in primary container.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ADVANCED RECONSTITUTION BENEFITS AT A GLANCE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ease of Use – Advanced reconstitution systems&lt;br /&gt;with well-engineered components and processes&lt;br /&gt;introduce structure that simplifies their usage. For&lt;br /&gt;instance, a simple locking adapter can snap onto the&lt;br /&gt;neck of a standard vial, a plastic spike pierces the&lt;br /&gt;stopper, and the reconstituted drug gets transferred&lt;br /&gt;to the syringe by a luer connection. Such a simple&lt;br /&gt;system is usable by non-health care professionals&lt;br /&gt;without difficulty. That encourages patients to con-&lt;br /&gt;form to their prescribed regimen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Better Patient Compliance – Advanced recon-&lt;br /&gt;stitution systems can package the precise amount of&lt;br /&gt;diluent and drug with a properly sized needle in a&lt;br /&gt;single kit. This helps improve dosing accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Improved Safety – Needle-free reconstitution can&lt;br /&gt;help prevent accidental needle sticks. Calibrated&lt;br /&gt;doses also prevent incorrect dilution or administra-&lt;br /&gt;tion and accidental contamination or exposure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Less Waste – Reduce the amount of overfill — a&lt;br /&gt;significant factor for expensive drugs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RECONSTITUTION SOLUTIONS PROVIDE MANY ADVANTAGES&lt;br /&gt;By successfully addressing these challenges, advanced reconstitution systems can create a host of benefits for both pharmaceutical companies and theirpatients.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; * They are easy to use by patients and caregivers who aren’t health care professionals.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; * They help protect against drug spray-back and accidental needle sticks.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; * Many provide needle-less reconstitution and transfer.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; * Since they are more convenient, they encourage patients to comply with a dosing regimen, helping to improve patient outcomes.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; * They may help the pharmaceutical company reduce the amount of overfill in the drug vial because the system promotes the use of the entire drug in the calibrated dose.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; * They can reduce problems during the mixing process, such as foaming or incomplete reconstitution of the drug.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CONCLUSION&lt;br /&gt;Reconstitution systems are especially beneficial for products that are used to treat chronic conditions that are administered in a home setting. Many systems are approved as medical devices by the United States Food and DrugAdministration and carry CE certification for European markets.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For the person administering the drug, whether a health care professional or not, advanced reconstitution systems can help promote safe and effective drug delivery and compliance with a dosing regimen. For pharmaceutical companies, advanced systems can differentiate products in the market. Since the dosing is accurate, manufacturers may be able to reduce the need for drug overfills.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One important consideration for pharmaceutical makers centers on the need to educate their users. Advanced reconstitution systems represent an important leap forward in usability and safety. However, it’s also undeniable that they introduce a level of change that is non-trivial to people who are not health care professionals. Manufacturers must assume the burden of ensuring that patients receive complete and clear training on using the new reconstitutionsystems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The ideal time to evaluate systems for developmental drugs is during Phase II and Phase III clinical trials when the effectiveness of the delivery system can be evaluated. For currently marketed lyophilized drugs, systems are available that can be used without the need to change processing and filling lines or packaging components.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Graham Reynolds is the Vice President of Reconstitution and Transfer Systems of West Pharmaceutical Services,Inc.,101 Gordon Drive,Lionville,PA 19341.He can be reached at 610-594-2900; graham.reynolds@westpharma.com.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-2455526424221314690?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2455526424221314690'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2455526424221314690'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/drug-reconstitution-market-needs-and.html' title='Drug Reconstitution: Market Needs and Technical Challenges'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-2261171289854066060</id><published>2011-01-01T21:13:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-01T21:13:40.938-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Key Considerations For Cleanroom Conveyors'/><title type='text'>Key Considerations For Cleanroom Conveyors</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Mark Dinges        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The case for modular conveyors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Cleanroom production lies at the heart of many of the world’s leading  industries. These include pharmaceutical, medical, semiconductor and,  if current events are any guide, solar power—now just beginning to  emerge as a worldwide technological mainstay. The clean industrial  environment can encompass the entire assembly/manufacturing process,  leaving only packing and shipping to be done in a non-cleanroom area, or  the manufacturer can isolate only certain facets of the process as a  cleanroom environment. Increasingly, the trend has been toward the  latter approach, due to cost savings and flexibility—a solar panel  manufacturer, for example, may have production processes with cleanroom  requirements ranging anywhere from Class 1 to Class 100,000. The  simplest way to do this is to take a modular approach, in which each  manufacturing step requiring a clean environment is treated as a  self-contained process. Each process station can then be operated within  the appropriate cleanroom specifications. In solar panel assembly, for  example, wafer production, cell production, and module production all  have different cleanroom requirements (Table 1). These requirements  further vary within each production area, depending on the process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="modular cleanroom offers numerous advantages" height="297" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1208/art1figure1.jpg" width="260" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The modular approach to cleanroom conveying offers numerous  advantages for manufacturers such as increased flexibility, reduced  costs, and the ability to take a more proactive approach to changes in  technology or levels of demand.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="typical solar process cleanroom requirements" height="156" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1208/art1table1.gif" width="415" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;The most logical approach to handling product within a clean  modular-type assembly process is to use modular conveyors. Modular  conveyors are commonly used in conjunction with standard cleanroom  components, such as HEPA filters, cool zone sterilization, and  hermetically sealed entry/exit gates to minimize the risk of product  exposure to the environment outside each module. Modular conveyors,  which are made from bolt-together components and aluminum framing,  provide a high level of flexibility. In industries where production  needs can suddenly change, or where sudden innovation is common (e.g.,  the solar industry), the modular approach helps manufacturers employ  rapid and proactive methods to meet the demands of new developments.&lt;br /&gt;Along with flexibility, modular conveyors can help manufacturers  achieve the goal of cost savings through isolation of specific processes  within cleanroom conditions. In the pharmaceutical industry, these  processes can include ovens for dehydration of pharmaceutical solutions,  pill compression, bottle filling, and sealed blister packaging.  Depyrogenation of pharmaceutical glassware (e.g., vials, ampuls) is made  more efficient through the use of a conveyor within a clean environment  tunnel. The use of separate cleanroom areas within the same plant can  also help prevent cross-contamination between pharmaceutical products  and batches. The medical supply industry has applied similar,  process-based cleanroom techniques to ensure sterile bandages, syringes,  gauzes, razors, chemistry analysis kits, and surgical instruments. In  the semiconductor industry, 300mm wafer fabrication has been isolated in  environments so clean that even stray ions—as well as dust and  organisms—must be prevented from contact with the wafer. The key in all  these cases is that stringent cleanroom specifications need only be  applied to the operations that need them—not to the entire manufacturing  process.&lt;br /&gt;The same concepts are taking hold in the emerging solar industry,  where U.S. production is apparently ready for an enormous leap forward  in response to demand. In Europe, where demand is already climbing and  the solar industry is more established, modular conveyors are already  commonly used in the production of wafer-based and thin modules. The use  of a modular conveyor makes it easier to reconfigure the production  process in response to (or anticipation of) future demands. Demand for  solar power components in the U.S. is likely to increase soon—and so is  the use of modular cleanroom conveyors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="modular conveyors make it easier to reconfigure the production process " height="164" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1208/art1figure2.jpg" width="380" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The use of modular conveyors makes it easier to reconfigure the  production process in response to (or anticipation of) future demands.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WHAT MODULAR CONVEYORS SHOULD DO &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The most critical requirement for a modular conveyor in a cleanroom  environment is, of course, its specification. Conveyors rated to class  100,000 are readily available, but for processes requiring true  contamination control, class 100,000 is well out of range. Indeed, a  truly sensitive process will require a vastly stricter specification  (down to class 1 in some cases, such as semiconductor manufacture),  while other processes in the same facility require only class 100 or  1,000. This wide range of cleanroom requirements can present a challenge  in terms of conveyor system planning and layout. In addition to  contaminants, a modular cleanroom conveyor must also protect materials  from damage caused during the manufacturing process itself—including,  potentially, the conveyor itself.&lt;br /&gt;Modular conveyors should also be truly modular in design:  Pre-assembled, and available in a wide variety of section lengths and  widths appropriate to the application. Some applications require  materials to travel several inches, while others require materials to be  conveyed several feet, or even farther. Conveyor width is also crucial,  especially in the solar industry. Conveyors must be able to accommodate  a wide variety of size requirements, ranging from wafers the size of a  CD-ROM to frameless, thin film panels that average 1100mm x 1300mm in  size.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="production methods for processes vary greatly from one solar panel manufacturer to the next" height="297" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1208/art1figure3.jpg" width="380" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;In the solar industry, production methods for processes such as  stringing and lay up, vary greatly from one solar panel manufacturer to  the next. As a result, solar industry requirements often generate a  variety of custom conveying/material handling requirements.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="all potential sources of environmental contaminants should be considered" height="249" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1208/art1figure4.jpg" width="375" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Beyond the conveyor itself, all potential sources of environmental contaminants should be considered.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;WHAT TO LOOK FOR—AND AVOID—IN SPECIFYING A CLEANROOM CONVEYOR &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Both European and U.S. regulators have applied considerable resources to  answering the question “What is ‘clean’?” The spectrum of U.S.  cleanroom classes for typical manufacturing applications runs from class  100,000 (an environment with =100,000 particles of 0.5 micrometers in  diameter per cubic foot) to class 1 (=1 particle of 0.5 mm/cubic foot).  The European system is similar but is based on particle concentrations  per cubic meter—ISO 9 is the least stringent standard and ISO 1 is the  cleanest.&lt;br /&gt;For some applications, a class 100,000 environment is clean enough.  But most cleanroom processes require lower levels of contaminants than  this—some solar manufacturing processes, for example, require less than a  class 10,000 environment, and semi wafer production can have a class 1  to 100 requirement. The cleanroom rating of the conveyor should be at  least as strict as any of the environments with which it interacts—and  in many industries, that means class 10,000 or cleaner. Another aspect  of conveyor specification to consider is technological changes that may  require an upgrade in clean environment rating. In these cases it may be  advisable to err on the side of caution and specify a higher  cleanliness class.&lt;br /&gt;On the other hand, over-specification can be wasteful and lead to  unnecessary complications in a manufacturing process. Few industries  require exceptionally clean conveying (e.g., class 1)—hard disk,  computer chip, and semiconductor manufacturing are the exceptions. In  some cases, a 100,000 clean rating will be appropriate. If a class 100  level conveyor is selected for a class 100,000 application, the result  will be an unnecessary investment in technological features that are  rarely if ever used, and which might slow down manufacturing processes  (e.g., by requiring thermal sterilization between steps). The best  approach is to consider not only current cleanroom requirements, but  possible changes in the future. Will processes change? Is technology  likely to advance? Will production demand increase? The answers to these  questions will help determine clean specification decisions for modular  conveyors both now and in the future.&lt;br /&gt;Specification can also be complicated by the nature of the industry.  In the semiconductor and computer hardware industries, processes have  become fairly well established through decades of manufacturing  experience. There is a “book” to consult when designing and implementing  conveying solutions. In the solar industry, however, processes are  still evolving. The production methods, for processes such as stringing  and lay up, vary greatly from one solar panel manufacturer to the next.  As a result, solar industry requirements tend to generate a variety of  custom conveying/material handling requirements. The same plant may have  twin-rail, single-chain, and contact-free magnetic conveying systems in  close proximity—different solutions for different processes. The  expected increase in demand for solar energy is likely to increase the  level of standardization, but for now, designers should be prepared for  customization requirements.&lt;br /&gt;Finally, maintenance and upkeep must be kept in mind. Cleanroom  conveyors must be readily accessible for cleaning, sanitation,  maintenance, repair and other requirements. Maximizing accessibility  helps reduce downtime and improve efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="Cleanroom specialists can help develop an optimum approach for cleanroom conveying " height="283" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/1208/art1figure5.jpg" width="371" /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cleanroom specialists can help develop an optimum&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;approach  for cleanroom conveying—including appropriate specifications—as well as  for other aspects of clean manufacturing processes.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;strong&gt;THINKING BEYOND THE CONVEYOR &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A crucial area to remember in evaluating cleanroom conveyors is that the  conveyor is only as clean as the environment in which it is operating. A  conveyor rated to class 1,000 will only perform at that level if its  environment remains class 1,000 rated as well. All potential sources of  environmental contaminants should be considered along with the conveyor  itself.&lt;br /&gt;With this in mind, consultation with a cleanroom specialist is highly  recommended. A number of firms provide consulting, design, planning,  and installation (including modular systems) dedicated to cleanroom  solutions. These specialists can help develop an optimum approach for  cleanroom conveying—including appropriate specifications—as well as for  other aspects of clean manufacturing processes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;MAJOR ADVANTAGES FOR CLEAN MANUFACTURING&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;br /&gt;The modular approach to cleanroom conveying offers numerous advantages  for manufacturers. It can increase flexibility, reduce costs, and allow a  more proactive approach to changes in technology or levels of demand.  It should also be remembered that clean manufacturing can be an  important facet of lean manufacturing. The right choice of conveyor(s)  can reduce wasted material, improve efficiency, and increase  productivity. Best of all, modular cleanroom conveying can better  position manufacturers for future developments. As products continue to  shrink in size—as is the case in many high-tech industries—the need for  clean manufacturing solutions will continue to grow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Mark Dinges&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; is Product Manager, TS Conveyors for Bosch Rexroth Corporation, Linear Motion and Assembly Technologies, Buchanan, MI; &lt;a href="http://www.boschrexroth-us.com/" target="_blank"&gt;www.boschrexroth-us.com&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-2261171289854066060?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2261171289854066060'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/2261171289854066060'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/key-considerations-for-cleanroom_01.html' title='Key Considerations For Cleanroom Conveyors'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-435028437659171765</id><published>2011-01-01T21:12:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-01T21:12:24.365-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Extrapolate To Production: Quality and Economics'/><title type='text'>Extrapolate To Production: Quality and Economics</title><content type='html'>Barbara Kanegsberg&lt;br /&gt;Ed Kanegsberg&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let us assume there is a promising prototype for a critical product, a prototype for which we have reached the “ah-ha” moment. Perhaps half a dozen have been produced and pilot tested. If the product is a medical device, biocompatibility testing or even clinical trials may have started.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Production is imminent. The product must be cleaned; and appropriate contamination control is a must. Extrapolating from one or two products in a beaker to production runs of thousands per day (or even thousands per hour) can be daunting, particularly when the need for controlled environments is anticipated (Figure 1).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PROTOTYPE DESIGN&lt;br /&gt;First, look at the design. Determine where cleaning and contamination control issues are most likely to occur. Can you redesign the prototype to avoid these problems? Perhaps not, but it is worth consideration. In fact, many clients now factor in the concept of “design for cleaning.” It can be productive to invite your design engineers to tour an applicable fabrication facility and to involve design engineers in your production team.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WHEN TO CLEAN&lt;br /&gt;The short answer is: right away — then shield the product from recontamination. In our experience, it is generally more productive to place the cleaning system so that the product requires as little transport as possible.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Products for many critical applications involve outside fabrication, often by a chain of complex, secretive suppliers. Moving from prototype to production can be an excellent time to demand or at least to negotiate, not just levels of cleanliness, but to actually specify the process in detail, including the cleaning chemistry. This practice has certain advantages, particularly in military and medical applications where specific cleaning agents or leachable agent residues must be avoided.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As a precaution, some groups elect to clean all incoming components. Because the appropriate cleaning process depends on the soils in question and because surface residue tends to become more adherent with time, it is preferable to work with the supply chain to pin down the cleaning process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Perhaps, however, a critical link in the supply chain is recalcitrant, uncommunicative, and not readily replaceable. The most expeditious approach can be cleaning incoming product with periodic monitoring of contamination, perhaps by non-volatile residue (NVR) determination. Speciation of surface residue may also be needed where residue of a particular chemical or class of chemicals could be damaging to performance. In such a situation, to avoid having the recalcitrant link become the weakest link, it is probably prudent to continue the search for another supplier. If faced with the prospect of replacement, a recalcitrant supplier is likely to become more communicative.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CLEANING EQUIPMENT: MACRO OR MICRO&lt;br /&gt;Particularly where funds for capital equipment are limited, there is a certain appeal to purchasing a single, large automated cleaning system that uses a single cleaning chemistry and to use that system throughout the process. Theoretically, given scrupulous control of process baths and process chemicals, a single cleaning system could be used for an entire fabrication process from initial cleaning through final assembly. Theoretically, with enough control and monitoring, it might be possible to clean a carburetor and an implantable medical device in the same cleaning system; however, we do not recommend the practice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even with a very robust and well-controlled cleaning system, there is always the potential for cross-contamination, for erosion, corrosion, and surface damage related to unexpected contamination of one product line by another. Keeping separate process lines for critical product and for critical stages of assembly is a more reasonable approach, especially where process soils from an earlier part of fabrication might contaminate product at a later stage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In order to minimize work in progress (WIP), for most complex assembly and fabrications operations, it is better to invest carefully in the appropriate number of cleaning systems. This means determining sources of contamination, estimating soil loading at each stage, and then strategically adding the cleaning process at the correct time and the correct location.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EFFECTIVE USE OF CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENTS&lt;br /&gt;Early on, decisions must be made as to which parts of production will be conducted in a cleanroom or a mini-environment. Determining where not to use a controlled environment is perhaps an even more important decision.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For one thing, cleanrooms and mini-environments are costly in terms of initial capital investment, consumables, monitoring, labor time for gowning, as well as ongoing employee education (training). In addition, just as access to the cleanroom should be restricted to educated personnel, entry of product to the cleanroom must also be carefully evaluated. To avoid the potential for cross-contamination, only critical product and sub-assemblies should be processed in a cleanroom environment and facilities and procedures for product transfer into and out of the cleanroom environment should be designed.1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AUTOMATION&lt;br /&gt;On the positive side, automation reduces the labor involved with piece-by-piece cleaning. Automation also provides consistency; the process avoids operator- to-operator differences and reduces run-to-run variations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Automation of a process needs to be carefully planned, including the decision of parameters to be monitored. The negative side of automation is that if an inefficient or incorrect process is automated, it will be inefficient or incorrect every time.2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If crucial parameters are not continuously or frequently monitored, a change in operating conditions (e.g. soil accumulation in a wash or soil removal bath) can result in an unacceptable amount of WIP being rejected before the changed condition is detected and ameliorated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Finally, automated processes must not contribute to contamination. The hardware of the material handling systems must be designed to minimize particles and volatiles (Figure 2).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Automated systems are important to minimize WIP within the cleanroom and in general manufacturing areas (Figure 3). However, it is important to consider what happens at the interface. While at first glance it may seem efficient to use an in-line conveyor system to transport product from the general manufacturing area into the cleanroom, because of the difficulties in contamination control, the practice is not generally recommended.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WHERE TO CLEAN&lt;br /&gt;Finally, the placement of process equipment must be carefully considered. Before automatically locating critical cleaning operations in the cleanroom, please consider that the cleaning process and the cleaning equipment can be a source of contamination. Mists, vapors, and re-deposited cleaning agent residue can re-contaminate product with particles and/or airborne molecular contamination. In addition, cleaning equipment in a cleanroom takes up valuable real estate. It often makes more sense to place the cleaning equipment proximal to the cleanroom, control the drying chamber, keep the clean and dry parts free of contaminants, transport them to the cleanroom, and perhaps do a brief, final cleaning within the cleanroom. Where cleaning equipment is used in the cleanroom, keep those parts of the equipment that generate particles and airborne molecular contamination (AMC) outside of the controlled environment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WHEN, WHERE, HOW&lt;br /&gt;Planning when, where, and how to clean is crucial to well-defined surface quality and for reliable contamination control. Plan the cleaning and manufacturing processes wisely. Define what constitutes general cleaning and what constitutes precision or critical cleaning for your application. Then, locate the cleaning systems where they will be convenient, effective, and not contribute to recontamination or cross-contamination.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;References&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1. B. Kanegsberg, E. Kanegsberg, and K. O’Donoghue “Contamination Control In and Out of the Cleanroom” Controlled Environments Magazine, Feb., Mar. (2009).&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 2. B. Kanegsberg and E. Kanegsberg, “Contamination Control In and Out of the Cleanroom” Controlled Environments Magazine, April (2007).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Barbara Kanegsberg and Ed Kanegsberg, “the Cleaning Lady and the Rocket Scientist,” are independent consultants in critical and precision cleaning, surface preparation, and contamination control. They are the editors of The Handbook for Critical Cleaning, CRC Press. Contact them at BFK Solutions LLC., 310-459-3614; info@bfksolutions.com; www.bfksolutions.com.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/8247405298040051550-435028437659171765?l=cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/435028437659171765'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/8247405298040051550/posts/default/435028437659171765'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://cleanroomsfaq.blogspot.com/2011/01/extrapolate-to-production-quality-and.html' title='Extrapolate To Production: Quality and Economics'/><author><name>Sajju Prince</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8247405298040051550.post-3358819631180172131</id><published>2011-01-01T21:06:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-01-01T21:06:04.732-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Life Sciences: Aseptic Processing vs. Clean Manufacturing for Biotech'/><title type='text'>Life Sciences: Aseptic Processing vs. Clean Manufacturing for Biotech</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class="print-content"&gt;&lt;div class="field field-type-nodereference field-field-author"&gt;     &lt;div class="field-items"&gt;             &lt;div class="field-item odd"&gt;                     Timothy Mitchell        &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;The cost of designing and constructing a  manufacturing facility to produce a bulk biological active ingredient  for a biotechnology-derived pharmaceutical product is becoming  increasingly expensive in today’s biotech industry. This initial capital  expense, along with the annual costs required to operate such a  facility in a validated state of control, are placing significant  financial burdens on manufacturers. This high cost of manufacturing the  bulk biological active ingredient for a biotech product is, in turn,  increasing prices of such products that the public and insurance  companies must shoulder. Why is the cost of manufacturing a bulk  biological active ingredient for drug products higher today than in the  past? Have the Current Good Manufacturing Practice (cGMP) regulations  changed so much as to be creating added cost to the industry’s  manufacturers? Or are manufacturing facilities being over designed in  order to meet perceived cGMP requirements? Is it possible that the  problem is simply due to the need to control contamination risks during  the manufacturing of the bulk biological active ingredients that past  drug manufacturers did not have to face?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;The Cost of Product Control&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The manufacturers of biotechnology-derived pharmaceuticals face the  critical challenge of producing products free from the presence of  foreign microbial and pyrogen contamination. Throughout the entire  manufacturing processes that yield the final sterile product forms, it  is equally important that the bulk biological active ingredients going  into these products do not lose their intended effectiveness. If  biological activity of the active ingredient is diminished in order to  achieve a final product free of foreign microbial and pyrogen  contamination, then the product will no longer be effective in treating  the targeted indications.&lt;br /&gt;With this challenge facing the manufacturer, a different  manufacturing methodology for such biologically active materials must  exist. Past acceptable methods employed for the manufacturing of bulk  active chemical ingredients for drugs may no longer be appropriate for  biologically active products. A tighter level of operational and  facility control over the processes producing bulk biological active  ingredients must be established during manufacturing in order to assure  the absence of microbial and pyrogenic activity in the final product.  This again, must be achieved without negatively impacting the active  ingredient’s effectiveness in the final product.&lt;br /&gt;This article will explore the basis for achieving this manufacturing  control. Other questions pertaining to the concepts of sterile products  and aseptic processing will be examined alongside the principles of  clean manufacturing. How can such tight control be put in place for bulk  biological active ingredients without creating such a financial burden  that the final product would be rendered unaffordable to much of the  patient population? Has the industry’s understanding or interpretation  of Current Good Manufacturing Practice (cGMP) created an added layer of  complexity and manufacturing cost that is not necessary? With such high  costs associated with the production of the bulk biological active  ingredients today, how can small biotechnology companies survive the  financial drain on capital resources in order to get their initial  products through clinical trials and launched commercially?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;A Look Back &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If we look back into the history of modern-day pharmaceutical  manufacturing, it is reasonable to recognize the passing of the Federal  Food, Drug and Cosmetic (FD&amp;amp;C) Act in 1938 as the beginning of this  era. By the passing of this law, drug manufacturers were required to  produce a final product form, unadulterated, and of a known strength, as  previously purported. This included the manufacture of the active  ingredient as well. A more standardized understanding of this  requirement was better established within the industry by the  finalization of 21 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Parts 210 &amp;amp;  211 in the latter part of the 1970’s.&lt;br /&gt;For much of the 20th century, the majority of all pharmaceuticals  consisted of chemical compounds isolated from natural sources, or  compounds chemically synthesized and/or modified during manufacturing. A  great deal of these products were manufactured on a large scale from  predominantly solvent-based processes and marketed to a mass patient  population. Therefore, the manufacturing operations producing the bulk  active ingredients for these products was typical of many other  non-pharmaceutical chemical processes at the time. Most manufacturing  facilities of both types were very similar in design. Biologics on the  other hand consisted primarily of vaccines and blood products and their  derivatives. The manufacture of such biological products was not  performed on the grand scale as their drug counterparts at that time.  Because of this, microbial and pyrogen contamination prevention of these  biologics was controllable for the most part on a smaller scale without  a significant financial impact to the final product form.&lt;br /&gt;As the 20th century neared its end, the application of biotechnology  in the pharmaceutical industry had emerged on the scene. No longer would  the family of biologically active pharmaceutical products be limited to  the narrow list of products of years past, but rather a much more  extensive list of products emerged rivaling that of current drug  products. With the birth of such technology for developing new  biologically active pharmaceutical products, the manufacturing of such  products also began migrating to the same large scale of production as  current drug products.&lt;br /&gt;Rather than the production of the active ingredient resulting from a  solvent-based process, new bulk biological active ingredients were  produced in an aqueous medium. Large scale manufacturing can now no  longer capitalize on the built-in natural contamination protection  characteristics of chemical processes. The survival of foreign  microbials and their toxic by products in the bulk active ingredient  product stream was significantly reduced due to the harsh environments  generated by the chemical reactions and solvents used in the past. New  biotechnology-derived active ingredients are now typically protein and  cellular based. These ingredients are intended to survive the entire  manufacturing process without losing their biological activity, despite  existing in a medium ideal for advantageous microbial contaminants to  thrive. The manufacturers of these new forms of pharmaceuticals have  quickly realized that past methodologies of manufacture will no longer  suffice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;Today’s Challenge&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Although some slight changes have occurred to the cGMP regulations  over the last decades, they for the most part, still exist as they were  written back in the 1970’s (21 Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 210  &amp;amp; 211). The manufacturers of new biological products find themselves  manufacturing large complex active molecules which are very susceptible  to foreign microbial contamination and stable only within narrow  environmental conditions. They seek to find effective methodologies and  standards of manufacturing that will safely produce a sterile  ingredient, while also not driving up operational costs to an all time  industry high. What specifically should manufacturers do in order to  establish the tight contamination control of their products fulfilling  cGMP requirements as they understand the regulations?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div align="center"&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" rel="lightbox" src="http://www.cemag.us/Assets/images/articles0304/lifephoto1.jpg" /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;b&gt;Aseptic Processing of Sterile Products&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Prior to the biotechnology age of pharmaceuticals, drug manufacturers  established the means of producing sterile injectable forms of their  final drug products effectively. Before reaching final formulation of  both active and inactive ingredients, drug manufacturers would pursue  various methods of sterilization of packaging components, product  ingredients, and equipment in order to bring the sterile product  together in its final form, all within a sterile environment. Such final  steps of manufacturing were called “sterile finish fill,” carried out  under aseptic processing, and allowed for the manufacture of a f
